Honeywell Economizers

192
Design and Application Guide for Honeywell Economizer Controls Technical Reference Manual

description

Technical Reference Manual on Honeywell economizers

Transcript of Honeywell Economizers

Page 1: Honeywell Economizers

Design and Application Guide for Honeywell Economizer Controls

Technical Reference Manual

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc.

1985 Douglas Drive North

Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992

customer.honeywell.com

Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée.

35 Dynamic Drive

Toronto, Ontario M1V 4Z9

® U.S. Registered Trademark© 2007 Honeywell International Inc.63-8594 Rev. 08-07

Printed in U.S.A. on recycledpaper containing at least 10%post-consumer paper fibers.

BLD509-10 Econ Guide Cover.indd 1 7/16/07 3:47:13 PM

Page 2: Honeywell Economizers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 0

Page 3: Honeywell Economizers

Table of Contents

i Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Table of Contents

Section 1 - Ventilation .................................................................................... 1Healthy Air ........................................................................................................................................................... 3Symptoms of Inadequate Ventilation ................................................................................................................... 4Indoor Air Ventilation Standards .......................................................................................................................... 5

CO2 Based Demand Control Ventilation ........................................................................................................... 5Ventilation Requirements .................................................................................................................................... 6Air Handler Control Loops ................................................................................................................................... 8Basic Economizer Control ................................................................................................................................... 9Mixed Air Formulas .............................................................................................................................................. 10Outside Air Percentage Chart .............................................................................................................................. 11

Example 1: Using the Outside Air Percentage Chart ........................................................................................ 12Example 2: Use of Outside Air Chart on a Warm Day ....................................................................................... 13Extra Outside Air Percentage Chart .................................................................................................................. 14Example 3: Minimum Ventilation Adjustment .................................................................................................... 15Example 4: Ventilation Review Questions ......................................................................................................... 17

Economizer Cycle Definition ................................................................................................................................ 19Single and Two Stage Cooling With Economizer .............................................................................................. 20

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers .............................................. 21The Psychrometric Chart ..................................................................................................................................... 22Relative Humidity and Saturation ........................................................................................................................ 23Enthalpy ............................................................................................................................................................... 24

Psychrometric Chart of Enthalpy Economizer Control ...................................................................................... 25Single Sensor Enthalpy Control ........................................................................................................................... 26Two Sensor or Differential Enthalpy .................................................................................................................... 27Enthalpy Control with Carbon Dioxide Sensor .................................................................................................... 28

Section 3 - Types of Economizers ................................................................ 29Section 3—H705 ................................................................................................................................................. 30Section 4—W7459 ............................................................................................................................................... 31Section 5—W6210 and W7210 ........................................................................................................................... 32Section 6—W6215, W7215 and W7460 .............................................................................................................. 33Section 7—W7212, W7213 and W7214 .............................................................................................................. 34Section 8—W7340 and W7345 ........................................................................................................................... 35

Table Listing of Economizer Modules without DCV ........................................................................................... 36Table Listing of Economizer Modules with DCV ................................................................................................ 36

Enhanced Economizer Features ......................................................................................................................... 37Transformer Wiring Requirements for Economizers ............................................................................................ 38

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module ........................................................... 41H705 Economizer Module ................................................................................................................................... 42H705 Components ............................................................................................................................................... 43H705 Enthalpy Setpoint ....................................................................................................................................... 44H705 Wiring Diagram .......................................................................................................................................... 45

Page 4: Honeywell Economizers

Table of Contents

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers ii

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module ........................................................ 49W7459 Enthalpy Module Components ................................................................................................................. 50W7459A, B, C and D ............................................................................................................................................ 52M7215, M7415, M7405 and M8405 Actuators ..................................................................................................... 53W7459 Enthalpy Setpoint Chart ........................................................................................................................... 55High Limit Switching ............................................................................................................................................. 56W7459A Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................................................................... 57

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules.................................. 67W7210 Economizer System Components ............................................................................................................ 68W6210 and W7210 Components ......................................................................................................................... 69

High Limit Function ............................................................................................................................................ 69W6210 and W7210 Actuator Connections ........................................................................................................... 70W7210 Wiring Diagrams ...................................................................................................................................... 72

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules...................................................................................... 87W7215 System Components ................................................................................................................................ 88W6215, W7215 and W7460 Components ............................................................................................................ 89W7215B and W7460B Components .................................................................................................................... 90W6215, W7215, W7460 Inputs and Outputs ........................................................................................................ 91Input and Output Applications .............................................................................................................................. 92

Free Cool Contacts ............................................................................................................................................ 92Exhaust Fan Setpoint ......................................................................................................................................... 92Purge Contacts .................................................................................................................................................. 92Shutdown Contacts ............................................................................................................................................ 93Air Change Contacts .......................................................................................................................................... 93Alarm Contacts ................................................................................................................................................... 93

Minimum and Maximum Settings ......................................................................................................................... 94Outdoor Air Content Sensor ................................................................................................................................. 95W6215, W7215 and W7460 Actuator Usage ....................................................................................................... 96W6215, W7215 and W7460 Wiring Diagram ....................................................................................................... 97Indoor Air Content Sensor Settings ...................................................................................................................... 117Carbon Dioxide Sensor Setup .............................................................................................................................. 118

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules...................................................................................... 119W7212 Economizer System Components ............................................................................................................ 120W7212, W7213, and W7214 Components ........................................................................................................... 121

DCV Maximum Position Adjustment .................................................................................................................. 122Minimum Position Adjustment ............................................................................................................................ 123

W7212, W7213, and W7214 Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................................... 125

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module..................................... 133W7340 Economizer System Components ............................................................................................................ 134W7340 and W7345 Components ......................................................................................................................... 136

W7340 only ........................................................................................................................................................ 138Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) Sensor Input (W7340 only) ........................................................................ 138Settings and Adjustment .................................................................................................................................... 139

Wiring for W7340 and W7345 .............................................................................................................................. 142

Page 5: Honeywell Economizers

Table of Contents

iii Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules............................................ 143Sensor Features .................................................................................................................................................. 144Type of Sensors for Economizer ......................................................................................................................... 145C7650 Temperature Sensor ................................................................................................................................ 146C7150 and C7046 Mixed and Supply Air Sensors .............................................................................................. 147Mixed or Supply Air Sensor Control Sequence ................................................................................................... 148Carbon Dioxide Sensor ....................................................................................................................................... 149

Section 11 - Checkout .................................................................................... 151Standard Checkout Procedure ............................................................................................................................ 152Checkout W7212 ................................................................................................................................................. 152Check out C7400 with W7459, W7210 and W7212: .......................................................................................... 153

Section 12 - Simulator for W7212.................................................................. 155

Section 13 – Economizer Savings Estimator .............................................. 157

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades............................................................... 159How replace an H205 or Barber Colman TH2 Electromechanical Enthalpy control with an H705 ...................... 170Economizer Systems Quick Selection Guide ...................................................................................................... 171Cross Reference .................................................................................................................................................. 172

Appendix ......................................................................................................... 179Glossary .............................................................................................................................................................. 179Accessories for the M74XX Series Actuators ...................................................................................................... 182

Page 6: Honeywell Economizers

Table of Contents

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers iv

Page 7: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

1 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 1 - Ventilation

M23621MIXED AIR SECTION

O.A.

FILTERS

EX.

AIR

DAMPER

DAMPER

DAMPER

Page 8: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 2

Indoor Air QualityThe characteristics of the indoor climate of a building, including the gaseous composition, temperature, relative humidity, and airborne contaminants.

The Arab oil embargo of 1974 caused many building designers to begin implementing utility cost reduction measures. One of these measures was to seal up the building shell to reducing exfiltration of indoor air and the resultant heat loss. Utility costs were reduced but there was a significant negative side effect that was not detected until 1988: Indoor Air Quality. Many buildings constructed prior to 1974 had sufficient leakage through poorly sealed windows and doors to adequately ventilate the building. Construction methods

used between 1974 and 1988 substantially reduced this leakage. As a result many buildings constructed between 1974 and 1988 are not adequately ventilated.

As the energy costs continue to rise into the beginning of the 21st century, building managers are seeking ways to reduce the energy usage in new and existing buildings and continue to provide a healthy environment for the building occupants.

Page 9: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

3 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Healthy Air

Building-Related IllnessA diagnosable illness with identifiable symptoms whose cause can be directly attributed to airborne pollutants within a building such as Legionnaires disease or hypersensitivity pnuemonitis.

The American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) are engineers in the HVAC industry who establish standards for the mechanical equipment used to heat, cool and ventilate buildings. The local, state, national and international buildings codes are based on these standards. ASHRAE Standard 62.1 is the ventilation standard. It states “indoor air quality is acceptable when there are no known

contaminants at concentrations determined to be harmful to building occupants, as determined by cognizant authorities, and when a substantial majority (80% or more) of those persons exposed to the indoor air do not express dissatisfaction with its quality.” This standard establishes minimum outdoor air ventilation required to provide a healthy environment for the building occupants.

Page 10: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 4

Symptoms of Inadequate Ventilation

Headaches

Dizziness

Drowsiness

Fatigue

Nausea

Eye Irritation

Respiratory Irritation

Causes of poor indoor air quality are not always caused by the design of the building. Poor or improper maintenance such as outdoor air dampers that are blocked open or completely closed, defective damper actuators or incorrectly set or malfunctioning controls may also cause inadequate ventilation. Many maintenance people respond to occupant complaints with only temperature in mind. If the room is within the acceptable temperature

range of 68 to 78°F. (20 to 26°C) it is perceived that no adjustments are necessary. The occupants may have many of the symptoms listed above but do not have the knowledge to request “open the outside air damper” or “increase the volume of supply air to this room.” It is incumbent on the knowledgeable HVAC service person to recognize inadequate ventilation when it is encountered.

Page 11: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

5 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Indoor Air Ventilation StandardsASHRAE is continually updating the ventilation standard (ASHRAE 62.1) to provide guidelines for design and maintenance of buildings. These standards are recommended guidelines only and are not legal requirements. However many state and local codes use the ASHRAE standards as the basis for building codes for new construction and building occupancy. They also form a basis for litigation in indoor air quality lawsuits.

Some measurements and chemicals referred to in the standards may not be familiar to the average person in the HVAC industry. However the majority of the information contained in these standards is very clearly stated. Everyone in the HVAC industry should be knowledgeable about the contents of these standards.

The ventilation standard states a minimum outdoor air ventilation rate required per person per type of environment in Cubic Feet per Minute (cfm). The ventilation requirement varies between occupied and unoccupied periods. Outdoor air dampers are set to a minimum position based on the maximum occupancy level for the space. To save energy costs the ASHRAE 62.1 standard also allows ventilation to be based on sensor input that determines occupancy. This is commonly referred to as demand control ventilation (DCV).

CO2 Based Demand Control VentilationCO2 is a fairly dependable indicator of the concentration of the odorous bioeffluents exhaled by human beings. Therefore we can use CO2 concentration levels in a space to determine the human occupancy and reduce

outdoor air intake when the space is not occupied to the maximum design occupancy level. DCV is an energy conservation measure; its purpose is to reduce outdoor air intake rates and the energy required to condition the outdoor air when spaces are not occupied at maximum design densities.For those who do not want to read an engineering standard, the ASHRAE 62.1 committee has written a user manual that:• offers information on the intent and

application of Standard 62.1• provides sample calculations and examples.• provides useful reference materials.• gives guidance to building operation and

maintenance personnel.

Standard 62.1 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality

(ANSI Approved)

Order from ASHRAE Publications Sales1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.Atlanta, GA 30329 or

www.ashrae.org

Page 12: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 6

Ventilation RequirementsVentilation is defined as the process of bringing outside air into a building. The four major reasons for ventilation are:1. To ensure a healthy atmosphere.

Ventilation is used to dilute indoor contaminants and provide fresh air for breathing.

2. To pressurize the building. Positive pressure inside a building prevents infiltration of unconditioned and unfiltered outside air through openings.

3. To provide atmospheric cooling. Bringing in cool outside air is more energy efficient and less costly than using mechanical cooling equipment.

4. To replace air that is being exhausted. The term for this is make-up air. Whenever air is exhausted, replacement air must be provided.

The mixed air controls are used to maintain a minimum ventilation volume at all times. This is in addition to controlling the dampers for atmospheric cooling.

Determining the amount of ventilation required for a space is probably one of the hardest an engineer faces in the design of the ventilation

system. Section 6 of ASHRAE 62.1 offers two procedures designers can use to determine ventilation rates, Ventilation Rate Procedure (VRP) and the Indoor Air Quality Procedure (IAQP).

The VRP method is based on typical spaces and usage, the rates are intended to dilute and exhaust bioeffluents from occupants and building contaminants to satisfy the 80% of the occupants of the space. There are two sources of contaminants in a space that ventilation is intended to reduce: Occupants and their activities (e.g., use of office equipment) and Off-gassing from building materials. The ventilation rate in the breathing zone (Vbz) required for both people related sources (Vp) and building related sources (Va) is:

Vbz = Vp + Va

Vp and Va both have two components; Vp is the number of people in the space (Pz) times the occupant comfort factor Rp (minimum ventilation rate determined by extensive studies for occupant comfort based on activity level in the space) and Va is the area of the space (Az) times the building component factor Ra (minimum ventilation rate determined by extensive studies for occupant comfort based on type of space). Therefore ventilation required in the breathing zone becomes:

Vbz = RpPz + RaAz

Rp and Ra values are found in ASHRAE 62.1 User’s manual (Table 6-A) and ASHRAE 62.1 Standard.

The outdoor air or recirculated air may be cleaned using a filter or air cleaner but the outdoor air ventilation rates cannot be reduced below the rate determined by the above formula.

M23621MIXED AIR SECTION

O.A.

FILTERS

EX.

AIR

DAMPER

DAMPER

DAMPER

Page 13: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

7 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

The IAQP method is used for spaces where the designers target a specific contaminant and control the level of the contaminant concentration. This method has two requirements: Maintain concentration of specific contaminant(s) below target concentration limits and achieve a design target of perceived indoor air quality acceptability. The IAQP method allows ventilation rates to be lower than the rates required by the VRP method if it can be demonstrated the resulting air quality can meet the required criteria.The IAQP procedure has 4 steps:• Identify the contaminants of concern.• Determine acceptable concentration of

contaminant(s).• Specify the perceived indoor air quality

criteria.• Apply an acceptable design approach to

achieve the performance criteria.

Additional information on ventilation and the two methods used to determine the ventilation rates can be found in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1 and in the User’s manual for ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1. Both documents are available on the ASHRAE website athttp://resourcecenter.ashrae.org/store/ashrae/

Example using the VRP method: Office space of 6600 sq. feet with maximum occupancy of 7 persons per 1000 ft2.

Vbz = RpPz + RaAz whereRp = 5 cfm per person (Table 6-A ASHRAE 62.1 User’s Manual)Pz = 7 person per 1000 ft2 x AzRa = 0.06 cfm per ft2 (Table 6-A ASHRAE 62.1 User’s Manual)Az = 6600 ft2.

Vbz = 5 ft3 / min/person x 7 persons/1000 ft2 x 6600 ft2 + 0.06 ft3/ min/ft2 x 6600 ft2= 231 cfm + 396 cfm=627 cfm

For a single zone system VOT (outdoor ventilation) is the same as Vbz. For multiple zone systems a zone air distribution system effectiveness (E) factor needs to be used in the calculation of the VOT. See ASHRAE Standard 62.1 for method. In our example during maximum occupancy the ventilation is 627 cfm. When the occupancy rate is less than the maximum occupancy, the ventilation rate can be adjusted to a lower occupancy and the ventilation increased as the CO2 level in the space increases. This can be done following these steps:• Calculate the VOT.• Use Vbz = RpPz + RaAz, where Pz = 0. This

is the new ventilation rate Vat (the area building based component).

• Add a CO2 sensor to the space.• Adjust the CO2 maximum to the Vbz (for

maximum occupancy).• Adjust the minimum position for occupancy

for Va.

In our example the Vbz ventilation is 627 cfm and the minimum position (Va) is 396 cfm. Using a CO2 sensor for Demand Control Ventilation, the new minimum position is set for 396 cfm and the maximum damper position for occupancy ventilation is 627 cfm. When one person enters the space or the commercial thermostat goes into occupancy mode, the outdoor air dampers will open to bring in 396 cfm of outdoor air. As space occupancy increases, the CO2 level will increase and the outdoor air dampers will modulate open to the maximum of 627 cfm of outdoor air.

NOTE: When the commercial thermostat calls for free cooling using an economizer, the dampers are still allowed to override the DCV maximum position for ventilation and open the damper 100% open for free cooling.

Page 14: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 8

Air Handler Control Loops

There are typically four sections of an air handler. The Mixed Air Section is where return air and outside air are combined (mixed). Some fans may be 100% return air or 100% outside air and will not have a mixed air section.

The Conditioning Section commonly contains filtration, heating, cooling and humidification. The filters and heating and cooling coils are located in the conditioning section of the air handler.

In the Fan Section on the air handler shown there is a supply fan. On other air handlers there may be a return or exhaust fan. The supply fan on this unit is referred to as a pull-through because it is located on the outlet of the coils. If it were located in front of the coils then it would be a push-through fan.

The Terminal Section is composed of all the components between the central fan and the zones.

MIXED AIR SECTION

O.A.

FILTERS

EX.

AIR

DAMPER

DAMPER

M23889

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

HEATING COIL

CONDITIONINGSECTION

FANSECTION

TERMINALSECTION

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

MIXED

AIR

COOLING COIL FAN

Page 15: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

9 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Basic Economizer Control

Shown is the most basic temperature based electric economizer control configuration. The averaging element mixed air controller with the sensing element is located in the duct before the cooling or heating coils and maintains the mixed air at 55°F (13°C). A two position limit controller with sensing element in outdoor air is used to close the outside air dampers to a minimum position if the outdoor air temperature is too warm to use for cooling.

There is a minimum position control on most air handlers. The function of this control is to ensure proper ventilation. The control provides adjustable damper positioning between 0 and 100%. The outdoor damper position must be set for minimum ventilation requirements based on building occupancy as defined by state or local code.

NOTE: A setting of 25% does not produce 25% airflow because the flow through dampers is nonlinear.

It is important to know how much outside air is being brought into a building through the outdoor dampers on the air handlers. When the return and mixed air temperatures can be measured there is a formula used to calculate the settings that will provide the desired quantity of outside air.

A second formula is used to calculate the mixed air temperature when the outside air temperature, the return air temperature and the required percentage of outside air are known. Using the formula Vbz = Vp we know the total ventilation and volume required.

DAMPER

M23916

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

H705 ENTHALPY CONTROL

OUTSIDE

AIR

EXHAUST

AIR

DAMPER

MOTOR

PROPORTIONAL

MINIMUM POSITION

CONTROL FOR

OUTSIDE AIR

DAMPERS

DAMPERLINKAGE

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

ECONOMIZER TWO-POSITION

HIGH LIMIT. CLOSES OUTSIDE

AIR DAMPERS TO MINIMUM WHEN

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

IS HIGHER THAN 70˚F (21 C)

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

PROPORTIONAL MIXED

AIR CONTROLLER.

SETPOINT 55˚F (13 C)

60

100

140

120

80

40°F

TR TR1

A

B C

D

SO

SR

+

+

2

4

X

D

1

3

6

5

Page 16: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 10

Mixed Air Formulas

Formula for Measuring the Percentage of Outside Air in an Air Handler.

This formula is used to determine the percentage of outside air by volume that is being brought into a building from the outside. The OA dampers can be adjusted by measuring the MA, OA and RA to balance the

correct Vbz. It is a test that should be conducted during routine maintenance to ensure that the correct percentage of ventilation is being provided.

Formula for Adjusting the Minimum Position Control.

This formula is used to make adjustments to the mixed air controls. In ASHRAE 62.1 there are two components of the percent of outdoor air ventilation required, the human component and the buildings effluent component. The rates in the standard are based on the type of human activity normally performed in the building. For example: the base rate for office buildings is 5 cfm per person and the building

effluent rate is 0.06 cfm per square foot of space. Initially only two temperatures are measured, return and outside air. The minimum position control is then adjusted until the mixed air temperature is equal to the result of the formula. For design requirements for CFM per person for all building types, refer to ASHRAE standard 62.1 section 6 and/or local or state building codes.

Return Air Temperature _ Mixed Air

Temperature x 100% = Volume (%) of Outside AirReturn Air

Temperature _ Outdoor Air Temperature

M23917

MIXED AIRSENSOR

CONTROLLER

TB8220

COMMERCIAL

PRO

S

+

“OA”

“MA”

“RA”

Return Air Temperature X

% of Return

Air+ Outside Air

Temperature X% of

Outside Air

= Temperature of Mixed Air

Page 17: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

11 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Outside Air Percentage Chart

This chart can also be used for measuring the percentage of outside air on an air handler. The same three temperatures are measured per the formulas on the preceding page. Lines are drawn on the chart using a ruler. As with the formulas this chart is most effective if there is at least a 10 degree F difference between the return and outside air. This will typically require either a warm or cold day rather than moderate weather. It is more accurate to measure outside air percentage on a day

when the outside temperature is 10°F (-12°C) rather than on a day when it is 70°F (21°C). If the temperature difference between the return and outside air is only a few degrees, a small error in measurements can alter the results by as much as 50% using this method. If the temperature difference is 40 or 50°F (22 or 28°C) small errors in measurement do not substantially affect the results of the calculations.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

MIXED and RETURN AIR TEMPERATURES

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

%

O

U

T

S

I

D

E

A

I

R

%

O

U

T

S

I

D

E

A

I

R

49 C 120 F

43 110

38 100

32 90

27 80

21 70

16 60

10 50

4 40

-1 30

-7 20

-12 10

-18 0

-23 -10

-29 C -20 F

120 F 49 C

110 43

100 38

90 32

80 27

70 21

60 16

50 10

40 4

30 -1

20 -7

10 -12

0 -18

-10 -23

-20 F -29 C

M25274

Page 18: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 12

Example 1: Using the Outside Air Percentage Chart

1. Measure the return air temperature.2. Measure the outside air temperature.3. Draw a line from the return air

temperature to the outside air temperature.

4. Measure the mixed air temperature in multiple locations and determine the average.

5. Draw a line down from the mixed air temperature to the point where it intersects the first line.

6. Draw a line from the point of intersection to the outside air percentage on the left side of the chart.

According to the results from this chart this air handler is supplied with 26% outside air. If the total supply volume is 20,000 cubic feet per minute (cfm) (566 m3/min) then:

0.26 X 20,000 cfm of total supply air equals5,200 cfm of outside air (147 m3/min).

This indicates that when the measurements were done on this air handler the total volume of outside air in the mixed air was 5,200 cfm of outside air (147 m3/min).

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

MIXED and RETURN AIR TEMPERATURES

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

%

O

U

T

S

I

D

E

A

I

R

%

O

U

T

S

I

D

E

A

I

R

49 C 120 F

43 110

38 100

32 90

27 80

21 70

16 60

10 50

4 40

-1 30

-7 20

-12 10

-18 0

-23 -10

-29 C -20 F

120 F 49 C

110 43

100 38

90 32

80 27

70 21

60 16

50 10

40 4

30 -1

20 -7

10 -12

0 -18

-10 -23

-20 F -29 C

Draw a line straightdown from the mixed air temperature till itintersects the line thatwas just drawn.

Draw a line from the returnair on top to the outside air on the bottom.

Measure the outside air temperature.

At the point of

intersection draw a

line to the left till the

percentage of outside

air is indicated.

Measure the mixed airtemperature. This should bedone in 4 or more locations and averaged.

6

4

3

70 F (21 C)

1 Measure thereturn airtemperature.

2

5

RETURN AIR TEMP

MIXED AIR TEMP

OUTSIDE AIR TEMP

OUTSIDE

AIR

CHART

59 F (15 C)

25 F (-4 C)

M25275

Page 19: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

13 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Example 2: Use of Outside Air Chart on a Warm Day

The chart can also be used on a warm day when the outside air temperature exceeds both the return and the mixed air temperatures. The first line drawn will slant in

a different direction. Once again it is best to do this test when there is a minimum of 10 degrees F difference between the outside and return air.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

MIXED and RETURN AIR TEMPERATURES

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

%

O

U

T

S

I

D

E

A

I

R

%

O

U

T

S

I

D

E

A

I

R

49 C 120 F

43 110

38 100

32 90

27 80

21 70

16 60

10 50

4 40

-1 30

-7 20

-12 10

-18 0

-23 -10

-29 C -20 F

120 F 49 C

110 43

100 38

90 32

80 27

70 21

60 16

50 10

40 4

30 -1

20 -7

10 -12

0 -18

-10 -23

-20 F -29 C

Measure the return airtemperature.

1

Measure the

outside air

temperature.

2

Draw a line

from the return

air on top to the

outside air on

the bottom.

3

Measure the mixed

air temperature.

This should be

done in 4 or more

locations and

averaged.

4Draw a line straight down from the

mixed air temperature till it intersects

the line that was just drawn.

At the point of

intersection draw a

line to the left till

the percentage of

outside air is

indicated.

6

71 F (22 C) RETURN AIR TEMP

MIXED AIR TEMP

OUTSIDE AIR TEMP

OUTSIDE

AIR

CHART

75 F (24 C)

84 F (29 C)

5

M25276

Page 20: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 14

Extra Outside Air Percentage Chart

RETURN AIR TEMP

MIXED AIR TEMP

OUTSIDE AIR TEMP

OUTSIDE

AIR

CHART

OU

TS

IDE

AIR

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

MIX

ED

and R

ET

UR

N A

IR T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

S

%

0 %

0

1 %

0

2 %

0

3 %

0

4 %

0

5 %

0

6 %

0

7 %

0

8 %

0

9 %

0

0

1

%

0 %

0

1

%

0

2 %

0

3

%

0

4 %

0

5

%

0

6 %

0

7

%

0

8 %

0

9

%

0

0

1

%

O

U

T

S

I

D

E

A

I R

%

O

U

T

S

I

D

E

A

I R

C

9

4

F

0

2

1

3

4 0

1

1

8

3 0

0

1

2

3 0

9

7

2 0

8

1

2 0

7

6

1 0

6

0

1 0

5

4 0

4

1

- 0

3

7

- 0

2

2

1

- 0

1

8

1

- 0

3

2

- 0

1

- C

9

2

- F

0

2

-

F

0

2

1

C

9

4

0

1

1 3

4

0

0

1 8

3

0

9 2

3

0

8 7

2

0

7 1

2

0

6 6

1

0

5 0

1

0

4 4

0

3 1

- 0

2 7

- 0

1 2

1

- 0 8

1

- 0

1

- 3

2

- F

0

2

- C

9

2

-

M25277

Page 21: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

15 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Example 3: Minimum Ventilation Adjustment

1. Specifications:Office space - 100,000 ft2Air handler capacity 20,000 cfm (566 m3/min.) People in area - 250

2. Ventilation (VOT) required:= 250 x 5 cfm + 0.06 cfm/ft2 x 100,000 ft2= 1250 cfm + 6000 cfm = 7250 cfmWhere Vat = 0.06 cfm/ft2 x 100,000 ft2.Therefore Vat = 6000 cfm

3. Ventilation percentage:7250 cfm (205.3 m3/min)/20,000 cfm (570 m3/min)VOT maximum position= 36%

6000 cfm (169.9 m3/min)/20,000 cfm(570 m3/min)VOT Minimum position= 30%

4. Measure the return air temperature:73°F (23°C).

5. Measure the outside air temperature:30°F (-1°C).

This example shows a procedure for adjusting the DCV maximum and minimum positions.

OUTSIDE

AIR

30˚F (-1 C)

EXHAUST

AIR

DAMPER

M23910

DAMPER

RETURN

AIR

73˚F (23 C)

Page 22: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 16

6. Use the mixed air temperature formula or the graph to determine the Demand Control Ventilation maximum MAT:

7. Use the mixed air temperature formula or the graph to determine the minimum position MAT:

8. Close the outside air dampers. The method used for this depends upon the controller being used.

9. Turn the DCV maximum position control (pot) until the measured mixed air temperature is 57.5°F (14.2°C).

10. Mark this setting on the control as being 36% outdoor air.

11. Close the outside air dampers. Turn the minimum position control (pot) until the measured mixed air temp is 55.8 °F (13.2°C).

12. Mark this setting on the control as being 30% outdoor air.

Return Air Temperature X

% of Return

Air+ Outside Air

Temperature X% of

Outside Air

= Temperature of Mixed Air

73°F (23°C) X 64% + 30°F (-1°C) X 36% = Temperature of Mixed Air

46.7°F (8.2°C) + 10.8°F (-11.8°C) 57.5°F (14.2°C)

73°F (23°C) X 60% + 30°F (-1°C) X 30% = Temperature of Mixed Air

43.8°F (8.2°C) + 12°F (-11°C) 55.8°F (13.2°C)

M23918

SUPPLY

AIR

SUPPLY OR

MIXED AIR

SENSOR

FANCOILS

ADJUST THIS SETTING

UNTIL THE MIXED AIR

IS 62.5˚F (17 C)

COMMERCIAL

THERMOSTAT

S

+

OUTSIDE

AIR

30˚F (-1 C)

FILTERS

RETURN

AIR

73˚F (23 C)

Page 23: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

17 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Example 4: Ventilation Review Questions

1. Specifications:Office space - 200,000 ft2.Air handler capacity - 30,000 cfm (849 m3/min)People in area - 350

2. Ventilation required:=350 x 5 cfm per person + 0.06 cfm/ft2 x 200,000 ft2=1750 cfm + 12,000 cfm=13750 cfm

3. Ventilation percentage:13750 cfm (389.4 m3/min)/30,000 cfm (849 m3/min)

4. Measure the return air temperature:68°F (20°C)

5. Measure the outside air temperature:21°F (-6°C)

This is the air handler for an office building with 350 people maximum occupancy. Complete the required steps in the procedure to adjust the controls for the correct volume of ventilation.

EXHAUST

AIR

M23920

DAMPER

RETURN

AIR

68˚F (20 C)

OUTSIDE

AIR

21˚F (-6 C)

30,000 CFM(849 M3 MIN.)

Page 24: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 18

6. Use the mixed air temperature formula or the graph:

NOTE: Note use this formula to determine DCV maximum MAT and Minimum position MAT.

7. Close the outside air dampers to the minimum position.The method used for this depends upon the controller being used.

8. Turn the DCV maximum control (potentiometer) until the measured mixed air temperature is _____°F (_____ °C).

9. Mark this setting on the control as being _____% outdoor air.

10. Turn the minimum position until the measured mixed air temperature is _____°F (_____°C).

11. Mark this setting on the control as being _____% outdoor air.

12. Restore all settings and setpoints.

Return Air Temperature X % of

Return Air + Outside Air Temperature X % of

Outside Air = Temperature of Mixed Air

68°F (20°C) X ____% + 21°F (-6°C) X ____% = Temperature of Mixed Air

_____°F (____°C) + _____°F (_____C) _____°F (____°C)

M23919

SUPPLY

AIR

SUPPLY OR

MIXED AIR

SENSOR

COMMERCIAL

THERMOSTAT

S

+

OUTSIDE

AIR

21˚F (-6 C)

FILTERS

RETURN

AIR

68˚F (20 C)

ADJUST THIS SETTING

UNTIL THE MIXED AIR

IS ___˚F (___ C)

CONTROLLER

Page 25: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

19 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Economizer Cycle Definition

On a First Call for Cooling From Commercial Thermostat (Y1)

Controller signal is routed to the economizer logic module.

IF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS SUITABLE FOR FREE COOLING:

Actuator modulates the outdoor damper open until the room temperature is cool enough to satisfy the call for cooling and maintain the mixed or discharge air between 50 and 55°F (10 and 13°C).

When the mixed or discharge air is between 50 and 55 °F (10 and 13°C) the actuator will hold damper position.

When the mixed or supply air goes below 50°F (10°C) the damper is modulated towards closed.

When the mixed or supply air goes above 56°F (13°C) the damper is modulated towards open.

IF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS NOT SUITABLE FOR FREE COOLING:

The first stage of the cooling compressor is turned on and the dampers are set to minimum for occupancy requirements (Vat if using DCV, VOT if no DCV).

CONTROLLER/ COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT

Y2

Y1

SECOND

STAGE COOL

FIRST

STAGE COOL

OUTSIDE AIR COOL?

ECONOMIZER PANEL

YES

NO

OPEN OUTSIDE

AIR DAMPER

COMPRESSOR

MECHANICAL

COOL 1

M13816

SINGLE STAGE COOLING

Page 26: Honeywell Economizers

Section 1 - Ventilation

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 20

Single and Two Stage Cooling With Economizer

On a Call for Second Stage Cooling

Controller signal is routed to the economizer logic module.

IF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS SUITABLE FOR FREE COOLING AND THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS ARE OPEN:

The economizer logic turns on the first stage of mechanical cooling for the second stage of cooling required by the commercial thermostat.

IF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS NOT SUITABLE FOR FREE COOLING:

The first stage cooling compressor is on, and the logic module turns on the second stage of mechanical cooling.

NOTE: A commercial thermostat with a minimum of two stages of cooling is required. The first stage must be available for economizing if outside air is suitable.

CONTROLLER/ COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT

Y2

Y1

SECOND

STAGE COOL

FIRST

STAGE COOL

OUTSIDE AIR COOL?

ECONOMIZER PANELYES

NO

OPEN OUTSIDE

AIR DAMPER

COMPRESSORS

MECHANICAL

COOL 1

M13817

TWO STAGE COOLING

MECHANICAL

COOL 2

Page 27: Honeywell Economizers

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

21 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

40 F 4 C

50 F 10 C

60 F 16 C

70 F 21 C

80 F 27 C

90 F 32 C

100 F 38 C

110 F 43 C

120 F 49 C

35 F 2 C

45 F 7 C

55 F 13 C

65 F 18 C

75 F 24 C

85 F 29 C

95 F 35 C

105 F 41 C

115 F 46 C

F 0 9

) C 2 3 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 8

) C 9 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 8

) C 7 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 7

) C 4 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 6

) C 6 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 5

) C

3 1 (

B L

U B T

E W F 0

5

) C 0 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

5 4

F ( 7 ) C

B L

U B T

E W

0 4

F ( 4

) C

B L

U B T

E W

5 3

F ( 2

) C

B L

U B T

E W

H

R

%

0

8

H

R

%

0 7

H R

% 0

3

H R

%

0 4

H

R

%

0 5

H

R

%

0 6

H

R

%

0

9

H R % 0 1

H R %

0 2

H

R

%

0 0 1 -

N

O

I T

A

R

U

T

A

S

F 0 7

) C 1 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 6

) C 8 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

DRY BULB TEMPERATURES

15 BTU/LB 34.8 k- J/kg

20 BTU/LB 46.4 k-J/kg

25 BTU/LB 58 k-J/kg

30 BTU/LB 69.7 k-J/kg

35 BTU/LB 81.4 k-J/kg

40 BTU/LB 92.8 k-J/kg

45 BTU/LB 104.5 k-J/kg

50 BTU/LB 116 k-J/kg

M25280

Page 28: Honeywell Economizers

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 22

The Psychrometric ChartThis is a psychrometric chart. To use the chart effectively the thermodynamic properties of air must be known. Some common terms are:

Dry Bulb Temperature

The temperature read directly on an ordinary thermometer.

Wet Bulb Temperature

The temperature read on a thermometer whose bulb is encased in a wet wick and with air blown across the wick at 900 ft. per minute

(274 meters per minute). The evaporation of the water causes the temperature to drop, this may also be referred to as the “evaporation effect.” When the temperature stops falling that is the wet bulb temperature. The sling psychrometer is a common instrument used to determine the wet bulb temperature although there are other methods now available.

Dry bulb and wet bulb are the two most readily measurable variables on the chart and when known can be used to determine all other properties on the psychrometric chart.

40 F 4 C

50 F 10 C

60 F 16 C

70 F 21 C

80 F 27 C

90 F 32 C

100 F 38 C

110 F 43 C

120 F 49 C

35 F 2 C

45 F 7 C

55 F 13 C

65 F 18 C

75 F 24 C

85 F 29 C

95 F 35 C

105 F 41 C

115 F 46 C

F 0 9

) C 2 3 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 8

) C 9 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 8

) C 7 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 7

) C 4 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 6

) C 6 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 5

) C

3 1 (

B L

U B T

E W F 0

5

) C 0 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

5 4

F ( 7 ) C

B L

U B T

E W

0 4

F ( 4

) C

B L

U B T

E W

5 3

F ( 2

) C

B L

U B T

E W

H

R

%

0

8

H

R

%

0 7

H R

% 0

3

H R

%

0 4

H

R

%

0 5

H

R

%

0 6

H

R

%

0

9

H R % 0 1

H R %

0 2

H

R

%

0 0 1 -

N

O

I T

A

R

U

T

A

S

F 0 7

) C 1 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 6

) C 8 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

DRY BULB TEMPERATURES

M25278

Page 29: Honeywell Economizers

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

23 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Relative Humidity and Saturation

Relative Humidity

Relative Humidity is the ratio of the measured amount of moisture in the air to the maximum amount of moisture the air can hold at the same temperature and pressure. Relative humidity is expressed in percent of saturation. Air with a relative humidity of 35%, for example, is holding 35 percent of the moisture that it is capable of holding at that temperature and pressure.

Saturation

The point at which the relative humidity reaches 100% and no more moisture can be contained in the air is the saturation point. The relative humidity and saturation lines are the only curved lines on this psychrometric chart.

40 F 4 C

50 F 10 C

60 F 16 C

70 F 21 C

80 F 27 C

90 F 32 C

100 F 38 C

110 F 43 C

120 F 49 C

35 F 2 C

45 F 7 C

55 F 13 C

65 F 18 C

75 F 24 C

85 F 29 C

95 F 35 C

105 F 41 C

115 F 46 C

F 0 9

) C 2 3 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 8

) C 9 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 8

) C 7 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 7

) C 4 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 6

) C 6 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 5

) C

3 1 (

B L

U B T

E W F 0

5

) C 0 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

5 4

F ( 7 ) C

B L

U B T

E W

0 4

F ( 4

) C

B L

U B T

E W

5 3

F ( 2

) C

B L

U B T

E W

H

R

%

0

8

H

R

%

0 7

H R

% 0

3

H R

%

0 4

H

R

%

0 5

H

R

%

0 6

H

R

%

0

9

H R % 0 1

H R %

0 2

H

R

%

0 0 1 -

N

O

I T

A

R

U

T

A

S

F 0 7

) C 1 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 6

) C 8 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

DRY BULB TEMPERATURES

M25279

Page 30: Honeywell Economizers

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 24

EnthalpyThe measure of heat used in the United States today is the British Thermal Unit or BTU. This is the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit. A metric unit is the joule. There are 1055 joules per BTU.

Sensible Heat

Heat that changes the temperature of the air without changing its moisture content or dew point temperature is sensible heat. Heat added by a heating coil is sensible heat. Heat removed by a cooling coil that remains dry is also sensible heat.

Latent Heat

Heat required to change water to vapor (steam) without change in temperature or pressure is latent heat. It is also called heat of vaporization. When water is vaporized the latent heat passes into the air, and when vapor condenses, latent heat is removed.

Total Heat (Enthalpy)

The sum of sensible and latent heat and is commonly referred to as enthalpy. Enthalpy is often referred to as the total heat content of the air.

40 F 4 C

50 F 10 C

60 F 16 C

70 F 21 C

80 F 27 C

90 F 32 C

100 F 38 C

110 F 43 C

120 F 49 C

35 F 2 C

45 F 7 C

55 F 13 C

65 F 18 C

75 F 24 C

85 F 29 C

95 F 35 C

105 F 41 C

115 F 46 C

F 0 9

) C 2 3 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 8

) C 9 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 8

) C 7 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 7

) C 4 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 6

) C 6 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 5

) C

3 1 (

B L

U B T

E W F 0

5

) C 0 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

5 4

F ( 7 ) C

B L

U B T

E W

0 4

F ( 4

) C

B L

U B T

E W

5 3

F ( 2

) C

B L

U B T

E W

H

R

%

0

8

H

R

%

0 7

H R

% 0

3

H R

%

0 4

H

R

%

0 5

H

R

%

0 6

H

R

%

0

9

H R % 0 1

H R %

0 2

H

R

%

0 0 1 -

N

O

I T

A

R

U

T

A

S

F 0 7

) C 1 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 6

) C 8 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

DRY BULB TEMPERATURES

15 BTU/LB 34.8 k- J/kg

20 BTU/LB 46.4 k-J/kg

25 BTU/LB 58 k-J/kg

30 BTU/LB 69.7 k-J/kg

35 BTU/LB 81.4 k-J/kg

40 BTU/LB 92.8 k-J/kg

45 BTU/LB 104.5 k-J/kg

50 BTU/LB 116 k-J/kg

M25280

Page 31: Honeywell Economizers

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

25 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Psychrometric Chart of Enthalpy Economizer ControlA standard dry bulb economizer discussed earlier causes the air handler to switch over from outside air to return air at the setpoint of the outside air high limit. This will typically be 75 or 76°F. (24°C). Dry bulb economizers only control the outside air dampers based on temperature. If it is a cool but rainy day, the

outside air will be brought in and extra cooling capacity will be required to dehumidify it. Enthalpy economizers take temperature and humidity into account. With enthalpy control, humid air below a conventional dry bulb temperature setpoint is locked out. Cooling costs are lowered in most climates when using enthalpy instead of dry bulb temperature with the economizer.

40 F 4 C

50 F 10 C

60 F 16 C

70 F 21 C

80 F 27 C

90 F 32 C

100 F 38 C

110 F 43 C

120 F 49 C

35 F 2 C

45 F 7 C

55 F 13 C

65 F 18 C

75 F 24 C

85 F 29 C

95 F 35 C

105 F 41 C

115 F 46 C

F 0 9

) C 2 3 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 8

) C 9 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 8

) C 7 2 (

B LU

B T E

W

F 5 7

) C 4 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 6

) C 6 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 5

) C

3 1 (

B L

U B T

E W F 0

5

) C 0 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

5 4

F ( 7 ) C

B L

U B T

E W

0 4

F ( 4

) C

B L

U B T

E W

5 3

F ( 2

) C

B L

U B T

E W

H

R

%

0

8

H

R

%

0 7

H R

% 0

3

H R

%

0 4

H

R

%

0 5

H

R

%

0 6

H

R

%

0

9

H R % 0 1

H R %

0 2

H

R

%

0 0 1 -

N

O

I T

A

R

U

T

A

S

F 0 7

) C 1 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 6

) C 8 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

DRY BULB TEMPERATURES

15 BTU/LB 34.8 k- J/kg

20 BTU/LB 46.4 k-J/kg

25 BTU/LB 58 k-J/kg

30 BTU/LB 69.7 k-J/kg

35 BTU/LB 81.4 k-J/kg

40 BTU/LB 92.8 k-J/kg

45 BTU/LB 104.5 k-J/kg

50 BTU/LB 116 k-J/kg

TEMPERATURE HIGH LIMIT AND ENTHALPY SELECTION OF RETURN AIR

ENTHALPY ONLY

CONTROL SELECTION OF RETURN

AIR

TEMPERATURE ONLY HIGH LIMIT SELECTION

OF RETURN AIR

TEMPERATURE AND ENTHALPY SELECTION OF OUTSIDE AIR

FOR FREE COOLING

M25281

Page 32: Honeywell Economizers

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 26

Single Sensor Enthalpy ControlThere are two enthalpy control strategies available: single and differential enthalpy control.

The single enthalpy control uses one enthalpy sensor located in the outdoor air in any orientation that exposes it to freely circulating air and protects it from rain, snow and direct sunlight. The enthalpy sensor replaces the dry bulb high limit used in a standard economizer. Instead of switching the mixed air control loop from outdoor to return air at a preset outdoor air dry bulb temperature, on a call for cooling from the controller or commercial thermostat the economizer logic module compares the

outdoor enthalpy to a preselected setpoint. The value of the setpoint is illustrated on the psychrometric chart on page 55 with curves labeled as A, B, C or D. The setpoint selected will vary based on climate, activities in the controlled area and the type of mechanical equipment used to provide cooling. An installer can choose a more aggressive setpoint A for more free cooling or a conservative setpoint D for less free cooling. The mixed air sensor, located in the area where the return and outdoor air mix, maintains the mixed air temperature between 50 and 56°F (10.0 and 12.8°C).

M23906

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

MIXED OR

SUPPLY AIR

SENSOR

FAN COILS

W7212 ECONOMIZER

CONTROLLER

WITH DEMAND

CONTROL

VENTILATION

TB8220

COMMERCIAL

PRO

S

+

SINGLE SENSOR OR HIGH LIMIT ENTHALPY

COOLING AND HEATING CONTROLLED FROM COMMERCIAL

THERMOSTAT. ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER CONTROLLER

FUNCTIONS AS FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.

S

+

C7400 SOLID

STATE

ENTHALPY

SENSOR

THE C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS WIDELY USED WITH HONEYWELL

CONTROLLERS. IT COMBINES BOTH TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY

MEASUREMENTS INTO ONE DEVICE. TWO C7400’S ARE NEEDED TO

PROVIDE DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

OUTSIDE

AIR SENSOR

Page 33: Honeywell Economizers

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

27 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Two Sensor or Differential EnthalpyA dual sensor enthalpy control is equipped with the same outdoor air enthalpy sensor and an additional second enthalpy sensor in the return air. This is also referred to as differential enthalpy. On a call for cooling or when the mixed air temperature goes above 56°F, or there is a call for additional cooling from the commercial thermostat, the air with the lower enthalpy, outdoor or return, is selected to be brought into the conditioning section of the air handler. The setpoint on the logic module is turned to D whenever differential enthalpy is used. This is a very efficient method of controlling outdoor air usage since the return and outside air comparison is continuous and

automatic year-round. It eliminates operator error by eliminating seasonal changeover which is frequently overlooked. Though it may appear wasteful to cool outdoor air at a higher dry bulb temperature than return air, the savings are verifiable through psychrometric calculations. The amount of mechanical cooling required to dehumidify air often exceeds the amount required to lower the dry bulb temperature. In buildings where there is a substantial amount of cooking, laundry or other moisture generating activity this type of control sequence can result in substantial savings in cooling costs.

M23904

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

RETURN AIR

SENSOR

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

FAN COILS

W7212 ECONOMIZER

CONTROLLER

WITH DEMAND

CONTROL

VENTILATION

TB8220

COMMERCIAL

PRO

S

+

S

+

DUAL SENSOR OR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY

OUTSIDE

AIR SENSOR

EXHAUST

AIR

MIXED OR

SUPPLY AIR

SENSOR

Page 34: Honeywell Economizers

Section 2 - Enthalpy Theory And Controllers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 28

Enthalpy Control with Carbon Dioxide SensorMost building codes allow for the option of carbon dioxide sensor-based demand control ventilation (DCV) to determine the human occupancy level of the space. Honeywell supplies controllers that combine this function with the economizer function. They are the W7212, W7340, W7460, and the W7215 economizer logic modules. All of these logic modules have inputs for a room indoor air content sensor. Additionally the W7215B is available with outdoor air content sensor inputs. The W7215 and W7212 are designed to be used with series 72 actuators and the W7460 with the M7415 actuator. The W7340

is designed to be used with an OEM system because it requires external relays to switch to compressor and communicates with the OEM system controller via a modified modbus protocol. In addition to the indoor sensor based demand control ventilation option, these logic modules have additional features including:• Maximum damper position adjustment

(DCV max).• Exhaust fan setpoint.• Occupied and Unoccupied operation.• W7213 and W7214 are heat pump models.

DAMPER

M23905

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

RETURN

AIR SENSOR

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

FAN COILS

W7212 ECONOMIZER

CONTROLLER

WITH DEMAND

CONTROL

VENTILATION

C7632 ROOM

CARBON DIOXIDE

SENSOR

TB8220

COMMERCIAL

PRO

S

+

S

+

DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY WITH DCV

OUTSIDE

AIR SENSOR

EXHAUST

AIR

MIXED OR

SUPPLY AIR

SENSOR

Page 35: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

29 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

There are six types of Honeywell enthalpy economizer modules. All can be single or differential enthalpy. Some can be used for differential temperature with C7650 dry bulb

sensors. They vary based on the actuator control series, mixed air circuitry and enthalpy sensor configuration.

Page 36: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 30

Section 3—H705

The H705 is the base controller since the mixed air circuitry is not included. Its function is to provide SPDT high limit switching in a separate mixed air control circuit, typically series 90. It replaces the H205 without

substantial wiring modifications. It can also be used in control circuits with other company’s devices if a SPDT economizer high limit is applicable.

Commercial thermostat

Separate Series

70 or 90 mixed air controller

Mod IV actuator

Optional second

enthalpy sensor

H705 on plate, one enthalpy

sensor on back

Page 37: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

31 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 4—W7459

The W7459 is similar to the H705 in that only the enthalpy high limit function is provided and the mixed air control circuit is in the actuator. This restricts W7459 use to the M7415, M7405 and M8405 actuators and it installs directly onto them. Unlike the H705 there is not a sensor built into the W7459 so wiring

connections are required for one or two enthalpy sensors. It is available for use with direct digital (W7459B), SPDT mixed air controllers (W7459C) or as a stand-alone mixed air controller with a mixed air sensor (W7459A or D).

Commercial thermostat

One enthalpy or dry bulb and one mixed/supply air sensor required. Second enthalpy

sensor optional.

W7459 install on actuator

M7405, M7415 or M8405 actuators

only

Page 38: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 32

Section 5—W6210 and W7210

The W6210 and W7210 are for use with Honeywell series 62 or 72 actuators. The W6210 is no longer available for new installations, replacement modules may still be available. The mixed air control circuitry that was either separate or included in the actuator in the H705 or W7459 modules is included in these economizers. The options for enthalpy

and mixed air sensors are the same as the W7459. The difference between the W7459 and the W7210 is the W7210 has the addition of the 2-10 Vdc out for controlling a series 70 DCA or foot-mounted motor, 24 Vac power and ground for the motor and the mixed air circuitry in the control. W6210 is used with floating series 62 motors.

Commercial thermostat

One enthalpy or dry bulb and one mixed/supply air sensor required. Second enthalpy

sensor optional.Series 62 or 72 Actuator

W6210, W7210 install on

flat surface

Page 39: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

33 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 6—W6215, W7215 and W7460

The W6215A, W7215A and W7460A economizer modules are similar to the W6210 and W7210 with the addition of inputs from a room indoor air content sensor for Demand Control Ventilation and contact inputs and outputs to monitor and control various devices. The indoor air content sensor typically will be a carbon dioxide (CO2) sensor. The B models include inputs from an outdoor

air content sensor for the function of limiting outdoor air usage when the air is not suitable for ventilation. The actuators used with these controllers are:• W6215 - Series 62 (no longer available for

new installations).• W7215 - Series 72.• W7460 - M7415.

Commercial thermostat One enthalpy or dry bulb and

one mixed/supply air sensor required. Second enthalpy

sensor optional.

Series 62 or 72 or M7415 Actuator

W6215, W7215, W7460

install on flat surface

Optional room CO2 sensor on A models, additional optional

outdoor CO2 sensors on B models.

Page 40: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 34

Section 7—W7212, W7213 and W7214

The W7212 DCV economizer logic module is the simplest Demand Control Ventilation economizer model. It combines all of the benefits of the W7459 and W7210 with the added features of the W7215. It does not include shutdown, air change and purge but does have a “N” terminal for night setback. On W7213 and W7214 models N terminal is either B or O terminal for use with heat pumps.

There are three models:• W7212A- Used with series 70 actuators

including DCA’s, M7215, and Modutrol Motors

• W7213A - Used with heat pumps or conventional rooftop units. B terminal energized in heating and unenergized in cooling

• W7214A - Used with heat pumps or conventional rooftop units. O terminal unenergized in heating and energized in cooling.

All models can be panel mounted or directly mounted to M7215 motor.

Commercial thermostat One enthalpy or dry bulb and

one mixed/supply air sensor required. Second enthalpy

sensor optional.W7212, W7213

and W7214 install on flat surface or mount on M7215

motor.Optional room CO2

sensor on A models, additional optional

outdoor CO2 sensors on B models.

Series 62 or 72 Direct Coupled Actuators or M7215 Actuator

Page 41: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

35 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 8—W7340 and W7345

The W7340 is a full enthalpy economizer used in an OEM unit to provide a totally integrated control system. The W7345 provides temperature (OAT) control only; it does not have an option for a return air sensor, DCV sensor or exhaust control.

The W7340A and B modules do not have the ability to set the outdoor air damper to a maximum position for DCV, it incorporates a minimum position setting that defaults to 20% but can be overridden using the on-board pot or Modbus communication link to a maximum of 50% open.

The maximum position sets the damper position to a position that the damper goes to if the CO2 sensor fails. If the minimum position set point is higher than the DCV maximum position, on sensor failure, the damper goes to the higher of the two of DCV maximum and minimum position setting.

There is no limit on the damper position on a call from the CO2 sensor (DCV). It can go 100% open, not complying with ASHRAE 62.1.

One enthalpy or dry bulb and one mixed/supply air sensor required. Second enthalpy

sensor optional.W7340 and W7345 mount

on flat surface or on a M7215 motor

Optional room CO2 sensor on W7340

models

W7340

W7345

Page 42: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 36

Table Listing of Economizer Modules without DCV

Table Listing of Economizer Modules with DCV

Motor Type Motor Logic Module SensorsFoot Mount 25 lb-in. Torque

M7415 W7459A,D Enthalpy: C7400a with C7150/C7046

Temperature: C7650 with C7150/C7046

a Enthalpy sensor, use two for differential enthalpy and one for single enthalpy. For Dry Bulb only, use C7650 instead.

M9175 H705 or W7210b

b To operate a series 90 motor, the W7210, W7212, W7213, W7214 and W7215 require a Q7230 interface module or the proper resistor combination (included in the 4074EJM resistor kit), see form 63-2544 for details.

NOTE: Series 90 Modutrol Motors can be retrofit using W7210, W7212 and W7215 Economizer Logic modules and a Q7230 or the proper resistor combination. Refer to for 63-2544 for details on using Economizer Logic Modules with Series 90 motors.

DCA 44 lb-in. Torque MS7505 W7210Foot Mount 60 lb-in. Torque

M7285, M7286

W7210

M9185, M9186

H705, W7210b

DCA 88 lb-in. Torque MS7510 W7210DCA 175 lb-in. Torque MS7250 W7210

Motor Type Motor Logic Module SensorsFoot Mount 25 lb-in. Torque

M7415 W7460 Enthalpy: C7400a with C7150/C7046

Temperature: C7650 with C7150/C7046

CO2: C7232 or C7632

a Enthalpy sensor, use two for differential enthalpy and one for single enthalpy. For Dry Bulb only, use C7650 instead.

M7215 W7212/13/14M9175 W7215b, W7212b, W7213/

14b

b To operate a series 90 motor, the W7210, W7212, W7213, W7214 and W7215 require a Q7230 interface module or the proper resistor combination (included in the 4074EJM resistor kit), see form 63-2544 for details.

NOTE: Series 90 Modutrol Motors can be retrofit using W7210, W7212 and W7215 Economizer Logic modules and a Q7230 or the proper resistor combination. Refer to for 63-2544 for details on using Economizer Logic Modules with Series 90 motors.

DCA 44 lb-in. Torque MS7505 W7215, W7212, W7213/14Foot Mount 60 lb-in. Torque

M7285, M7286

W7215, W7212, W7213/14

M9185, M9186

W7215b, W7212b, W7213/14b

DCA 88 lb-in. Torque MS7510 W7215, W7212, W7213/14DCA 175 lb-in. Torque MS7250 W7215, W7212, W7213/14

Page 43: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

37 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Enhanced Economizer Features

Economizer Module Series

Enthalpy High Limit

DCV Sensor (Indoor)

OAQ Sensor

(Outdoor)

Exhaust Fan

Setpoint

Shutdown and Air Change Purge

Motors Controlled

Specific Product Number

H705 Series 90 H705A1003Series 90 H705A2001Series 90 H705D1001

W7459 M7405 W7459B1009M8405 W7459C1007M7415 M7459A1001

YES M7415 W7459D1005W6210 Series 62 W6210A1003

YES Series 62 W6210D1007W7210 Series 72 W7210A1001

YES Series 72 W7210D1005W6215 YES Adjustable YES YES Series 62 W6215A 008W7215 YES Adjustable YES YES Series 72 W7215A1006

YES YES Fixed YES Series 72 W7215B1004W7460 YES Adjustable YES YES M7415 W7460A1008

YES YES Fixed YES M7415 W7460B1006W7212 YES Adjustable Series 72 W7212A1009W7340 YES Modbus Series 72 W7340C1000W7345 YES Series 72 W7345B1001

Page 44: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 38

Transformer Wiring Requirements for Economizers

Economizer Panel Supplied With Same Transformer As Cooling Commercial Thermostat.

One of the most common misapplications of economizers is related to the field wiring. When the problem is the economizer will not open the dampers and it is really cool outside, check the wiring with the transformers. Relay coil 1S is used to open the outside air dampers as the first stage of free cooling. To

function properly 1S must be wired to both sides of the same transformer. When the same transformer is used for supplying the commercial thermostat, cooling relay and the economizer logic module the switching occurs correctly.

Economizer Panel Supplied With Separate Transformer From Cooling Commercial Thermostat.

24 Vac is supplied to the relay coil 1S in this application from two separate transformers. Though the first stage of cooling will switch correctly through the economizer module circuit, the relay coil 1S may not. Honeywell

recommends use of a single, larger transformer for both the economizer logic module and the cooling commercial thermostat circuit.

1 2

1K

1S

1S SWITCHES

WHEN POWERED

BY 24 VOLTS

1S1

TR TR1

ECONOMIZER LOGIC PANELW7459, W6210, W6215, W7210, W7215, W7460

THIS SWITCH

ENERGIZES THE

MIXED AIR CIRCUIT

M13822

RELAY COIL FOR

FIRST STAGE

OF COOLING

CONTACT FOR

COOLING IN

COMMERCIAL

THERMOSTAT

PRIMARY

VOLTAGE

1 2

1K

1S

1S SWITCHES

WHEN POWERED

BY 24 VOLTS

1S1

TR TR1

ECONOMIZER LOGIC PANELW7459, W6210, W6215, W7210, W7215, W7460

THIS SWITCH

ENERGIZES THE

MIXED AIR CIRCUIT

M13823

RELAY COIL FOR

FIRST STAGE

OF COOLING

CONTACT FOR

COOLING IN

COMMERCIAL

THERMOSTAT

PRIMARY

VOLTAGE

PRIMARY

VOLTAGE

Page 45: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

39 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

When wiring any economizer it is very important that you read the notes on the correct wiring diagram. The wiring diagrams normally show the internal connections of the logic module to help guide you if you are concerned with the common side of the transformers.

A rule of thumb to follow any Honeywell electronic economizer logic module will have all terminals ending with a 1 as ground.

With power supply provide a disconnect means and overload protection. Ensure the equipment transformer is sized to handle the extra load of the economizer, actuator and sensors.

Page 46: Honeywell Economizers

Section 3 - Types of Economizers

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 40

Page 47: Honeywell Economizers

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

41 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

Page 48: Honeywell Economizers

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 42

H705 Economizer Module

The H705 was the first Honeywell series of electronic economizer controllers. Prior to the development of the H705, an electromechanical device with a nylon humidity element, the H205, was the state-of-the-art controller. The H705 is a direct replacement for the H205. The output is the same SPDT switch which is typically wired into the mixed air circuit. The H705 can be installed in the same location in the air handler

as the H205 and includes all the sensors required for single sensor enthalpy. It can be converted to differential enthalpy with the addition of a C7400 sensor in the return air. The H705 can be used for single or differential enthalpy in any economizer control circuit that is equipped with separate mixed air controls and is adaptable to a SPDT limit. This includes many economizer control devices made by companies other than Honeywell.

DAMPER

M23914

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

SUPPLY OR

MIXED AIR

SENSOR

FAN

COILS

H705 ENTHALPY CONTROL

OUTSIDE

AIR SENSOR

EXHAUST

AIR

TR TR1

A

B C

D

SO

SR

+

+

2

4

X

D

1

3

6

5

DAMPER

ACTUATOR

T1

MOD-HEAT MOD-COOL

HEAT

3 HEAT 3 COOL

HEAT2 1

2 1

SENSOR STAT

C +20 H H

T 3 4 2 5 1 TR TR W B Y R

WCBCRCRHBHWH

24 VAC ECONO

SINGLEZONE CONTROL

COOL SETPOINT 76˚F (24 C)

ROOM SENSORMINIMUM POSITION

CONTROL. PREVENTS

FULL CLOSURE OF

OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS

60

100

140

120

80

40°F

Page 49: Honeywell Economizers

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

43 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

H705 Components

The H705A Enthalpy Controller provides solid state enthalpy changeover. The base configuration is single sensor enthalpy controller but it can be used for differential enthalpy. It is constructed of two devices: there is a solid state C7400 enthalpy sensor on one side of a metal plate and an enthalpy control on the other side. The device must be located in the outside air stream with a recommended minimum velocity of 500 feet per minute (152 meters per minute). The setpoint scale is A, B, C and D. Each setting corresponds to an enthalpy curve with A

equalling the highest enthalpy changeover and D being the lowest enthalpy changeover. The output of this control is a SPDT relay output which can be used to switch the mixed air dampers from return to outside air and back as required for maximum efficiency.

There is a connection for an additional return air enthalpy sensor for differential enthalpy control. If this option is not used a 620 ohm resistor is installed across the SR and + terminals.

M23915

3

1

TR1TR

A DOS

RS

CB

2

ENTHALPY

SETPOINT

WIRES TO C7400

ENTHALPY SENSOR

ON THE BACK OF

PLATEC7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR ON

BACK OF PLATE

ENTHALPY

CONTROLLER ON

FRONT OF PLATE

ENTHALPY

CONTROLLER

RESISTOR THAT IS

REMOVED IF SECOND

ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS INSTALLED

Page 50: Honeywell Economizers

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 44

H705 Enthalpy Setpoint

This psychrometric chart shows effects of the various economizer logic setpoints listed. This only applies to single enthalpy controllers not differential enthalpy. Air with conditions to the left of the curve is brought in from outdoors to be used for cooling. When the outdoor air conditions are to the right of the curve, the dampers will be set at minimum position and the mechanical cooling will be energized. For differential enthalpy the setpoint knob is turned to the D setting and the lower of return or outside air is brought into the building.

Example: With A, B, C, D potentiometer logic module set at “C”. Dry bulb temperature at

65°F (18.3°C) and Relative Humidity (RH) at 50% RH the logic module would free cool on first call for cooling for commercial thermostat.

40 F 4 C

50 F 10 C

60 F 16 C

70 F 21 C

80 F 27 C

90 F 32 C

100 F 38 C

110 F 43 C

120 F 49 C

35 F 2 C

45 F 7 C

55 F 13 C

65 F 18 C

75 F 24 C

85 F 29 C

95 F 35 C

105 F 41 C

115 F 46 C

F 0 9

) C 2 3 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 8

) C 9 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 8

) C 7 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 7

) C 4 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 6

) C 6 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 5

) C

3 1 (

B L

U B T

E W F 0

5

) C 0 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

5 4

F ( 7 ) C

B L

U B T

E W

0 4

F ( 4

) C

B L

U B T

E W

5 3

F ( 2

) C

B L

U B T

E W

H

R

%

0

8

H

R

%

0 7

H R

% 0

3

H R

%

0 4

H

R

%

0 5

H

R

%

0 6

H

R

%

0

9

H R % 0 1

H R %

0 2

H

R

%

0 0 1 -

N

O

I T

A

R

U

T

A

S

F 0 7

) C 1 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 6

) C 8 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

DRY BULB TEMPERATURES

15 BTU/LB 34.8 k- J/kg

20 BTU/LB 46.4 k-J/kg

25 BTU/LB 58 k-J/kg

30 BTU/LB 69.7 k-J/kg

35 BTU/LB 81.4 k-J/kg

40 BTU/LB 92.8 k-J/kg

45 BTU/LB 104.5 k-J/kg

50 BTU/LB 116 k-J/kg

A B

C D

M25282

Control Curve

Control Point (Approximate Temperature

at 50% Humidity)A 73°F (23°C)B 70°F (21°C)C 67°F (19°C)D 63°F (17°C)

Knob turned to D

For Differential Enthalpy (2 Sensor)

Page 51: Honeywell Economizers

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

45 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

H705 Wiring Diagram

The H705 enthalpy control is being used in this application in place of a dry bulb temperature economizer high limit. The H705 includes a single enthalpy sensor and is installed in the outside air. An optional second C7400 installed in the return air is used for differential enthalpy. If the second C7400 sensor is not used a 620 ohm resistor is installed across the SR and + terminals and

the H705 compares the outdoor enthalpy to a setpoint (A, B, C or D). The economizer modulates the outdoor dampers for free cooling provided the outside air enthalpy is below the setpoint on the H705. If the outdoor enthalpy is above the setpoint the outside air dampers are closed to a minimum position and the mechanical cooling is energized.

TRANSFORMER

H705 ENTHALPY CONTROL

MINIMUM POSITION CONTROL

MIXED AIR DAMPER MOTOR

T991 MIXED AIR CONTROL

COOLING COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT

COOLING CONTACTOR

RELAY

620 OHM

RESISTOR

ENTHALPY

DECREASE

RC

Y1

Y2

NC C NO

NC C NO

3

2

1

SR

+

TR1

TRW

R

B

B

R

W

W R

T1

T2

L2

L1

(HOT)

M13818

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

L1

L2

T2

T1

3

1

TR1TR

A DOS

RS

CB

2

60

100

140

120

80

40°F

Page 52: Honeywell Economizers

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 46

H705A used in electronic system

H705A used in electromechanical system

L1

(HOT)

L2

1

L1

(HOT)

L2

S963A OR Q209MINIMUM POSITIONPOTENTIOMETER

M745ECONOMIZERMOTOR

1

3

TR

TR

1

2

3

4

R W

W R B

E1T1

E2 E3

TR1

W936 OR W945ELECTRONIC PANEL

OPTIONALMORNINGWARMUP

COMMERCIALTHERMOSTAT

TR

SR

2 1

3

S

2

TR

TR

PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS

REQUIRED.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE

REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400A SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR

DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE

THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.3

OPTIONALC7400A

H705A

1

2

620OHMS

M15037A

L1

(HOT)

L2

61

4

2

2

2

YE

LL

OW

BL

UE

YE

LL

OW

VIO

LE

T

BR

OW

N

VIO

LE

T

BL

AC

K/B

LU

E

BL

AC

K/R

ED

WH

ITE

/RE

D

BL

AC

K/Y

EL

LO

W

RE

D

3 3 3

2ND STAGE

COOLING

CONTACTOR

1ST STAGE

COOLING

CONTACTOR

COOLING

TRANSFORMER

3

Y1

B1

W1

R1

Y G C R

Y2

RC

TR1TR

SR

2 1

3

S

5

PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

FIELD CONTROL WIRING REQUIRED TO INTEGRATE

ECONOMIZER INTO UNIT.

FIELD WIRING REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ECONOMIZER AND

MECHANICAL COOLING OPERATION IN EXISTING INSTALLATION.

ROOFTOP TERMINAL STRIP IS PART OF AIR CONDITIONING UNIT.

FACTORY-INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE

REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400A SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR

DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE

THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

4

5

6

OPTIONALC7400A

W859D ECONOMIZERCONTROL PACKAGE

1

2

3

620OHMS

M12162

MODUTROL®MOTOR

H705A

T872 SPACETHERMOSTAT(COOLING CIRCUIT)

Page 53: Honeywell Economizers

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

47 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

T7300/Q7300 using W859D Economizer Package with H705A in two-stage heating/two-stage cooling system, defeating economizer minimum position

during unoccupied periods

4

7

5

1

4

43

6

L1

(HOT)

L2

9

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

G

W1

R1

B1

T2

T1

B

R

W

W R B

R

W2

Y2

C2

H2

C1

H1

Y1

W1

G

A1

A2

X

TR1TR

SR

RH

RC

2 1

3S

2

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND

OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

FACTORY-INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400A SENSOR IS

ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

ENTHALPY CONTROL MAKES TERMINALS 2-1 ON

ENTHALPY RISE, AND 2-3 ON ENTHALPY FALL.

RELAY REQUIRED (R8222 OR SIMILAR).

ECONIMIZER MOTOR SPRING RETURNS CLOSED ANY TIME

FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

FIELD INSTALLED JUMPER.

IMPORTANT: MIXED AIR SENSOR MUST BE LOCATED

DOWNSTREAM OF THE EVAPORATOR COIL IN THE DISCHARGE

AIR DUCT TO PROVIDE ECONOMIZER LOW LIMIT FUNCTION.

24 VAC ONLY.

MUST BE ABLE TO CARRY ADDITIONAL 6 VA LOAD OF

COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT AND SUBBASE.

5

6

7

8

9

8

OPTIONALC7400A

T7400/W7000 SYSTEM EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT

TYPICAL W859D ECONOMIZER CONTROL PACKAGE

T675 LOWAMBIENTCOMPRESSORLOCKOUT

1

2

3

4

620OHMS

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

FAN

SYSTEM

TRANSFORMER

COOL 2

COOL1

M12167A

MODUTROL®

MOTOR

H705A HVAC EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP

2K1

2K

1K

2K21K1

4K14K1

AUX

COM

LED 1

LED 2

3K

RISE

MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER

1K2

OUTDOOR AIRCHANGEOVERSWITCH

W R B

OPEN

YELLOW

MINIMUM POSITIONPOTENTIOMETER

BLUE

BLACK

BL

AC

K/R

ED

BR

OW

N

RE

D

BL

AC

K/

YE

LL

OW

T7300 THERMOSTAT

T7300 SUBBASE

L1

(HOT)

L2

VIOLET

VIOLET

YELLOW

FAN

Page 54: Honeywell Economizers

Section 4 - H705 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 48

H705A used with T7400C and W7400C with separate transformer in two-stage heating/three-stage cooling system with first stage dedicated to economizer setpoint, and either

electromechanical economizer or mechanical cooling first stage

L1

(HOT)

L2

6

7

8

6

1

3

54 3K

ENTHALPYSWITCH

ECONOAUX.RELAY

T7400

24 VAC

WALLPLATE ORQ7400 SUBBASE

GND

COM

4

3

2

1

A

B 5

6

3K1

1

L1

(HOT)

L2

1

W1

Y1

Y2

Y3

W2

G

TDR

TDR

W1

R1

B1

T2

T1

B

R

W

W R B

R

3 24 1 R 1

TR1TR

SR

2 1

3S

2

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

FACTORY-INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD

BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400A SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR

AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

YELLOW AND BROWN LEADS ARE SHORTED TOGETHER WHEN

SHIPPED. LEAVE SHORTED IF OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS ARE NOT USED.

ENTHALPY CONTROL MAKES TERMINALS 2-1 ON ENTHALPY RISE,

AND 2-3 ON ENTHALPY FALL.

PILOT DUTY RELAY REQUIRED (R8222N OR SIMILAR).

THIS CONTROL IS AN EXISTING DEVICE, WHICH MAY BE A TIME

DELAY RELAY (TDR) OR L4604 (OR SIMILAR FAN CONTROL) IN

SOME SYSTEMS.

IMPORTANT: MIXED AIR SENSOR MUST BE LOCATED

DOWNSTREAM OF THE EVAPORATOR COIL IN THE DISCHARGE

AIR DUCT TO PROVIDE ECONOMIZER LOW LIMIT FUNCTION.

JUMPER TERMINALS 5 AND 6.

5

6

7

8

OPTIONALC7400A

W7400 CONTROL MODULE

T7400/W7000 SYSTEM EXISTING HVACEQUIPMENT

TYPICAL W859D ECONOMIZER CONTROL PACKAGE

T675 LOWAMBIENTCOMPRESSORLOCKOUT

1

2

3

4

620OHMS

TD RELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

FAN

SYSTEMTRANSFORMER

COOL 2

COOL1

M12166

MODUTROL®

MOTOR

H705A HVAC EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP

TR

Y1

W1

Y2

W2

Y3

W3

G

TR

RH RHRC

RC

RC

2K1

2K

1K

2K2

1K1RISE

MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER

1K2

OUTDOOR AIRCHANGEOVERSWITCH

W R B

OPENYELLOW

MINIMUM POSITIONPOTENTIOMETER

FOR REMOTE MINIMUM POTENTIOMETER

BLUE

BLACK

BLACK/BLUE

RED

BLA

CK

/RE

D

BR

OW

N

YE

LLO

W

RE

D

RE

D

BLACK/YELLOW

T7400B ONLY:T7047C1025 OR T7022A1010REMOTE SENSOR

T7400 THERMOSTAT

L1

(HOT)

L2

VIOLET

VIOLET

Page 55: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

49 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer ModuleFOR USE WITH M74XX SERIES ACTUATORS

Page 56: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 50

W7459 Enthalpy Module Components

The W7459 is used in conjunction with a Honeywell actuator (M7415) and sensors to control outdoor and return air dampers free cooling using outside air. It is designed to be installed directly on the actuator.

The W7459 is used with Honeywell C7400 enthalpy or C7650 dry bulb temperature sensors and the M7415, M7405, and M8405 actuators. It should be in free flowing air yet out of direct rain or sunlight. It can be used as a single or differential enthalpy control. A minimum position potentiometer is built into all W7459 modules except for the W7459C since the M8405 actuator, that it is used with, has the setting built-in. All W7459 modules can be used with remote minimum position potentiometers. See Table 1 for model capability with motors.

DAMPER

M23907

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

MIXED AIR

SENSOR

FAN COILS

S

+

S

+

W7459 ENTHALPY CONTROL

TR TR1

A

B C

D

SO

SR

+

+

5

2

4

T1

P1

1

3

T

P

MINIMUM POSITION

OPEN

DAMPER

LINKAGE

M7415 DAMPER ACTUATOR

WITH W7459 ENTHALPY

CONTROLLER

OUTSIDE

AIR SENSOR

EXHAUST

AIR

RETURN AIR

SENSOR

TB8220

COMMERCIAL

PRO

M13837

W7459

ENTHALPY

CONTROL

MODULE

M7415, M7405

OR M8405

ACTUATOR

TR

TR1

T

T1

P1

P

MOTOR

TERMINALS

Page 57: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

51 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Table 1. Economizer Usage

Model

For use with

ActuatorDischarge Air

Temperature InputMinimum Position

Potentiometer

Terminals for Remote Minimum Damper Position

Output Relays

W7459A M7415 C7510B or C7046A Sensor

Yes Yes 2 SPDT

W7459B M7405A Direct digital control W7401/W7411 Logic Panel

Yes Yes 1 SPDT

W7459C M8405 SPST control No. Minimum position adjustment is built into M8405 Actuator.

No 2 SPDT

W7459Da M7415 C7150B or C7046A Sensor

Yes Yes 2 SPDT

a W7459D has a high enthalpy limit and defaults to mechanical cooling when the outdoor enthalpy reaches the preset limit. Do not use a dry bulb sensor for a high temperature limit.

Page 58: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 52

W7459A, B, C and D

W7459A

W7459A or D - Uses inputs from mixed or discharge air temperature sensors, C7150 or C7046; enthalpy sensor C7400; and optional remote minimum position potentiometer Q709A or S963B. The W7459D is identical to the W7459A except for the addition of a built-in enthalpy high limit. Refer to page 56 for more information on the high limit function. Use both modules with M7415 motors.

There are four separate W7459 enthalpy logic modules for use with various M74XX series actuators. All provide enthalpy control of mixed air. The W7459B is designed for use with a legacy Honeywell direct digital controller. The W7459C uses a SPST input for the mixed air sensor.

W7459B

W7459B - Used with Honeywell W7401 Logic Panel, enthalpy sensor C7400 or minimum position potentiometer Q709A or S963B. Use with M7405.

W7459C

W7459C - Uses input from SPST mixed or discharge air control and enthalpy sensor C7400. Used with M8405.

M23894

ENTHALPY

CHANGEOVER

SETPOINT DIAL

LIGHT IS

ILLUMINATED IF

OUTDOOR AIR

IS USEABLE FOR

FREE COOLING

TR TR1

A

B C

D

SO

SR

+

+

5

2

4

T1

P1

1

3

T

P

MINIMUM POSITION

OPEN

NOTE: USE SMALL SCREWDRIVERS ON THE POTENTIOMETERS. DO NOT USE EXCESSIVE FORCE!

MININUM

POSITION DIAL

(W7459A AND D

ONLY)

TRANSFORMER

(POWER) TERMINALS

OUTSIDE AIR

SENSOR TERMINALS

RETURN AIR

SENSOR TERMINALS

COOLING SWITCHING

CONTROLLED FROM

COOLING STAT

MIXED OR SUPPLY

AIR SENSOR

REMOTE MINIMUM

POSITION POTENTIOMETER

M23895

TR TR1

A

B C

D

SO

SR

+

+

3

1

M1

P1

M3

2

M2

P

MINIMUM POSITION

OPEN

NOTE: USE SMALL SCREWDRIVERS ON THE POTENTIOMETERS. DO NOT USE EXCESSIVE FORCE!

M23896

TR TR1

A

B C

D

SO

SR

+

+

2

4

X

D

1

3

6

5

MIXED AIR CONTROL

(T675/T6031)

CONNECTED TO

TERMINALS 6 AND D

NOTE: USE SMALL SCREWDRIVERS ON THE POTENTIOMETERS. DO NOT USE EXCESSIVE FORCE!

X TERMINAL IS USED

WITH A ST6008 TIMER

FOR OCCUPIED/

UNOCCUPIED

Page 59: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

53 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

M7215, M7415, M7405 and M8405 Actuators

M7215 modulating motor, with 2-10 Vdc input required.

The M7415 line of spring return actuators are:• Low torque 25 lb-in. (2.8 N-m)• 90 second timing• Rotation of 90 degrees • Quick connect terminals for wiring

connections

There are more actuators available in this series than listed on this page. Only actuators shown on this page are used with the W7459,

W7210, W7212, W7215 and W7340 economizer modules. They are widely used to modulate the mixed air dampers on smaller rooftop air handlers since the operating temperature rating is -25 to 125°F (-32 to 52°C).

M7215 modulating motor. Used with W7212, W7213 or W7214 only

M7415 modulating motor, sensor input or controller required. Used with W7459A or D only.

M23890

W7459A

M7415

TRTR1

TT1P1P

TR

TR1

T

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POS

T1

M13856

TR

TR1

T1

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POSN

T

M23891

Page 60: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 54

M7405 modulating motor. Used with W7459B and W7400/T7400 only.

3 position actuator. Used with W7459C only.

TR

TR1

M3

M1

P1

P

24 VAC

W7401

MIN

POS

M2

M23892 M23893

MAX

MIN

SW

SET

T

XD

Page 61: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

55 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7459 Enthalpy Setpoint Chart

This is the psychrometric chart for the setpoint on the W7459 enthalpy modules. It is similar to the charts for the H705 except for the enthalpy high limit line to the right of the A curve. This is a specialized limit used only in the W7459D, W6210D, W7210D and W7212 controllers. When the enthalpy of both the return and outside air is to the right of the limit line the outside air dampers are closed to the minimum position and the mechanical cooling is energized.

40 F 4 C

50 F 10 C

60 F 16 C

70 F 21 C

80 F 27 C

90 F 32 C

100 F 38 C

110 F 43 C

120 F49 C

35 F 2 C

45 F 7 C

55 F 13 C

65 F 18 C

75 F 24 C

85 F 29 C

95 F 35 C

105 F 41 C

115 F 46 C

F 0 9

) C 2 3 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 8

) C 9 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 8

) C 7 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 7

) C 4 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 0 6

) C 6 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 5

) C

3 1 (

B L

U B T

E W F 0

5

) C 0 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

5 4

F ( 7 ) C

B L

U B T

E W

0 4

F ( 4

) C

B L

U B T

E W

5 3

F ( 2

) C

B L

U B T

E W

H

R

%

0

8

H

R

%

0 7

H R

% 0

3

H R

%

0 4

H

R

%

0 5

H

R

%

0 6

H

R

%

0

9

H R % 0 1

H R %

0 2

H

R

%

0 0 1 -

N

O

I T

A

R

U

T

A

S

F 0 7

) C 1 2 (

B L

U B T

E W

F 5 6

) C 8 1 (

B L

U B T

E W

DRY BULB TEMPERATURES

15 BTU/LB 34.8 k- J/kg

20 BTU/LB 46.4 k-J/kg

25 BTU/LB 58 k-J/kg

30 BTU/LB 69.7 k-J/kg

35 BTU/LB 81.4 k-J/kg

40 BTU/LB 92.8 k-J/kg

45 BTU/LB 104.5 k-J/kg

50 BTU/LB 116 k-J/kg

A B

C D

HIGH LIMITCURVE FOR

W7459D,W6210D AND

W7210D

M25283

Control Curve

Control Point (Approximate Temperature

at 50% Humidity)A 73°F (23°C)B 70°F (21°C)C 67°F (19°C)D 63°F (17°C)

Knob turned to D

For Differential Enthalpy (2 Sensor)

Page 62: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 56

High Limit SwitchingTable 2. W7459D, W7210D and W7212 High Limit Switching.

The W7459D, W6210D, W7210D, and W7212 include the high limit function that is not used on any other economizer modules. It is a high enthalpy limit that applies to both return and outside air. It only applies to differential, not single enthalpy. When the return and outside enthalpy both exceed the high limit curve, (refer to the psychrometric chart on the previous page) the outside air dampers are closed to the minimum position and the mechanical cooling is energized. In a standard differential enthalpy control sequence the lower of the outside and return is selected regardless of the amount of enthalpy in either.

A typical application of this limit function is a building located in a warm, humid climate with a high internal heat gain such as a laundry or kitchen. A standard differential enthalpy control circuit may have extremely warm, humid outside air being cooled just because the indoor air is temporarily higher in enthalpy. The mechanical cooling equipment might be undersized and the indoor enthalpy then remains higher than outside. The high limit function (only available on some economizer modules) prevents this from occurring by automatically switching to return air and turning on the mechanical cooling during very high outdoor air enthalpy conditions.

Percent RHFree Cooling Light on Enthalpy

DecreasingFree Cooling Light Off Enthalpy

Increasing25 83°F ±0.5°F (28°C ±0.3°C) 85°F ±0.5°F (29°C ±0.3°C)50 78°F ±0.5°F (26°C ±0.3°C) 80°F ±0.5°F (27°C ±0.3°C)60 76°F ±0.5°F (24°C ±0.3°C) 78°F ±0.5°F (26°C ±0.3°C)75 73°F ±0.5°F (23°C ±0.3°C) 75°F ±0.5°F (24°C ±0.3°C)

Page 63: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

57 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7459A Wiring Diagram

S

+

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

R

G

W1

W2

Y1

C

RC

RH

G

W1

W2

Y2

Y1

S

+

3

1 2

42K

1K

1S

1S SWITCHES

WHEN

POWERED BY

24 VOLTS

1S1

MINIMUM POSITION ADJUSTMENT

T T1

P1P

MINIMUM

POSITIONP

P1

T1

T

MIXED AIR

SENSOR

TR1

TR

1

TR TR1

SO

SR

5

+

+

C7150 OR C7046MIXED OR SUPPLYAIR SENSOR

C7400 RETURN AIRENTHALPY SENSOR

C7400 OURDOOR AIRENTHALPY SENSOR

TRANSFORMER

COOL1

HEAT 2

HEAT 1

FAN DELAY

FAN

FDR

Y2 COOL2

COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT

LOW O.A. AMBIENTCOMPRESSORLOCKOUT STAT(OPTIONAL)

R W

1

HVAC EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP

M7415 ACTUATORW7459A ECONOMIZER MODULE

24 VAC

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ENERGIZE

IF OUTDOOR ENTHALPY

EXCEEDS RETURN AIR ENTHALPY

M13819

1 HONEYWELL RECOMMENDS USE OF A SINGLE LARGE TRANSFORMER FOR BOTH THE ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE

AND THE COOLING COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT CIRCUIT.

Page 64: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 58

M8405A Damper Actuator used in two-stage cooling system with differential enthalpy changeover and W7459C Economizer

L1

(HOT)

L2

M8405

T

D

APPLY

24VAC T-X

FOR MIN POSN

T-D FOR

MAX POSN

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

W

R

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

M3865B

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

X

DD6

X

1

3 4

5

2

2K

S

C7400OUTDOORSENSOR

1

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

T

M8405 ACTUATORW7459C ECONOMIZER PACKAGE

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

WR

SC7400RETURNSENSOR

+

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

RH

T675/T6031 MIXED AIR CONTROL 55¡ F SETPOINT

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50¡ F SETPOINT

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

2

5

1K

4

5

6

6

MAX

SW

SET

MIN

X

Page 65: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

59 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7459A/C7400 used in two-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and with M7415 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

WITH T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF S7005 TIMER.

M10115A

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

T1

P1P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

TR

M7415 ACTUATORW7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE

+

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

2

51K

COOL 2Y2

4

5

T

6

7

7

8

8 P

T

1S

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

TR1

MINIMUMPOSITION

MIXEDAIRSENSOR

24 VAC

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

M7415

TR

TR1

T1

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POS

T

620 OHM

RESISTOR

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

RH

Page 66: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 60

W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in one-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover, M7415 Actuator, and one-stage cooling thermostat

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT

RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

WITH T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF A TIMER.

M10114A

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

T1

P1P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

TR

M7415 ACTUATORW7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE

+

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

W2

C7400ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008 TIMER

3

2

51K

4

5

T

6

7

7

8

8 P

T

1S

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

TR1

MINIMUMPOSITION

MIXEDAIRSENSOR

24 VAC

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

M7415

TR

TR1

T1

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POS

T

620 OHM

RESISTOR

Page 67: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

61 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in two-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover, M7415 Actuator, and T775 Series 1000 Controller

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH, WHICH CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.

A MAXIMUM OF ONE STAGE OF HEATING IS POSSIBLE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS WIRED IN THIS FASHION. M11680A

T1

P1P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

TR

M7415 ACTUATORW7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE

+

C

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

3

2

51K

COOL 2Y2

4

5

T

6

7

7

P

T

1S

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

TR1

MINIMUMPOSITION

MIXEDAIRSENSOR

24 VAC

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

M7415

TR

TR1

T1

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POS

T

620 OHM

RESISTOR

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

NO

COM

NC

NC

COM

NO

NC

COM

NO

T775 CONTROLLER

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

Page 68: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 62

W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in two-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover, M7415 Actuator, and T775 Series 2000 Controller

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH, WHICH CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL. M13843

T1

P1P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

TR

M7415 ACTUATORW7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE

+

C

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

3

2

51K

COOL 2Y2

4

5

T

6

7

7

P

T

1S

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

TR1

MINIMUMPOSITION

MIXEDAIRSENSOR

24 VAC

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

M7415

TR

TR1

T1

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POS

T

620 OHM

RESISTOR

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

T775 CONTROLLER

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NC

NO

C

NC

NO

C +

Page 69: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in one-stage cooling system with differential enthalpy changeover and M7415 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

W

R

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

WITH T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF A TIMER.

M3864B

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

T1

P1P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

2K

S

C7400OUTDOORAIRENTHALPYSENSOR

C7400RETURNAIRENTHALPYSENSOR

1

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

TR

M7415 ACTUATORW7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

S

+

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

RH

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

2

5

5

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

7

8

8 P

T

1S

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

TR1

MINIMUMPOSITION

MIXEDAIR SENSOR

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

24 VAC

Page 70: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 64

W7459A/C7400 or W7459D/C7400 used in T7400/W7400 System with M7415 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

3K1

GND

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

W

R

14 23 R

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

MOTOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

USE R8222N WITH PILOT DUTY CONTACTS FOR 3K. CONTACTS 3K1, 3K2 MAKE WHEN ENTHALPY IS BELOW SETPOINT

AND ECONOMIZER IS USED FOR FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

M10117A

T7400 THERMOSTATT7400/W7400 SYSTEM

T1

P1P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

C7400ENTHALPYSENSOR

1

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

TR

M7415 ACTUATORW7459A ECONOMIZER PACKAGE

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

T6031 LOCKOUT 50 F SETPOINT

3

2

6

5

7

6

1K

COOL 2

4

5

T

6

6

7

P

T

1S

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

TR1

MINIMUMPOSITION

MIXEDAIR SENSOR

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

T7400B ONLY;T7047C1025 ORT7022A1010REMOTE SENSOR

W7400 CONTROL MODULE

620 OHM

RESISTOR

3K RELAY

TR

TR

RH

RC

4

3

2

1

24 VAC

3K2

T7400

A

COM

B

ECONO.

AUX

RELAYENTHALPY

SWITCH

6

5

RCG

RH W1

W2

Y1

Y2

RC

1

WALLPLATE OR Q7400 SUBBASE

24 VAC

Page 71: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

65 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7459B/C7400 used in two-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover, and M7405 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

M7405

TR

TR1

M3

M1

P1

P

24 VAC

W7401

MIN

POS

M2

R

C

G

W1

W2

Y1

Y2

RC

TR

G

W1

W2

Y1

Y2

T

T1

6

M1

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

W7401 LOGICPANEL

TR

RH

1

2

3

4

M2

M3

5

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

RELAY 1K ACTUATES WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D. M3863

T7400 PROGRAMABLETHERMOSTAT

C7046ADISCHARGE AIR LOW LIMIT SENSOR

24 VAC

P1

P

M2

M1

M3

MINIMUMPOSITION

24 VAC

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

P1P

M2 M1

M3

2 1

3

1K

S

C7400ENTHALPYSENSOR

620 OHMRESISTOR

1

1

2

3

2

3

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

TR1

TR

M7405 ACTUATORW7459B ECONOMIZER PACKAGE

1

2

3

4

+

Page 72: Honeywell Economizers

Section 5 - W7459 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 66

Page 73: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

67 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

Page 74: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 68

W7210 Economizer System Components

M23902

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

FAN

COILS

W7210 SOLID

STATE

ECONOMIZER

LOGIC MODULE

T7350

PROGRAMMABLE

THERMOSTAT

S

+

S

+

OUTSIDE

AIR SENSOR

EXHAUST

AIR

RETURN

AIR SENSOR

2-10VOUT

24 VACHOT

24 VACCOM

W7

21

0 A

10

01

+

DISHCHARGE

AIR SENSOR

Page 75: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

69 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W6210 and W7210 Components

The W7210 logic modules have the identical functions as the W7459 modules with the addition of a 2-10 Vdc output for use with M7215 foot-mounted actuators or DCA’s and Modutrol Motors with 2-10 Vdc control. The mixed air control circuit is in the logic module and no longer in the actuator. The actuator can also be powered with the same 24 Vac power as the logic modules provided the internal grounding of the actuator is compatible. Note some of the Siemens actuators are not compatible with the M7210. Older models that are no longer available are the W6210A and D models. These models were used in the mid 1990’s with floating actuators. Since the floating actuators do not provide as accurate control as the modulating actuators, these logic modules have been discontinued.

High Limit FunctionThere are high limit versions of these economizer logic modules, W6210D and W7210D. When in the differential enthalpy

mode and both the return and outside air enthalpy are above a preset level, the outside air dampers are returned to minimum position and the mechanical cooling is energized. The curve for this limit function is illustrated on the psychrometric chart as the line to the right of the A curve. Refer to page 55 of this guide for more information.

Wiring Connections

There are many possible wiring diagrams and combinations of controllers and actuators that can be used with the logic modules. Once you understand the input and output of the modules, you can usually determine how a system should be wired.

NOTE: Many user systems are wired to bypass operations and to “trick” the module into operating in a mode that it was not designed to do, these are the applications which may confuse you. When is doubt, call the unit supplier or refer to the product instructions for wiring diagrams.

2-10V OUT

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

1

TR

COM1

+

+

B

A D

C

TR

HOT

24 VAC

SO

SR

5

2

4

T1

P1

T

P

MINIMUM

POSITION

OPEN

FREE

COOLING

W7

21

0 A

10

01

SINGLE ENTHALPY

SETPOINT

MINIMUM DAMPER POSITION

SETPOINT

FREE COOLING MODE LIGHT

M23897

+

24 VAC POWER TERMINALS

OUTSIDE AIR ENTALPY SENSOR

ACTUATOR

POWER SUPPLY

TERMINALS

ACTUATOR

TERMINALS

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

COOLING SWITCHING

CONTROLLED FROM

COOLING STAT

3

REMOTE MINIMUM

POSITION POTENTIOMETER

MIXED AIR SENSOR

Page 76: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 70

W6210 and W7210 Actuator Connections

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

500

500

0

30

609060

30

SINGLE ML7275, ML7285 ACTUATOR W7210 OR W7215

ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

WHITE

PARALLEL ML7275, ML7285 ACTUATORS

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

500

500

0

30

609060

30

W7210 OR W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

WHITE

500

500

0

30

609060

30

WHITE

RED

BLACK

M13824

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

500

500

0

30

609060

30

SINGLE 90 ACTUATOR W7210 OR W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

M13826

RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT, 1% AND ARE

INCLUDED IN THE KIT PART NO. 4074EJM.

MULTIPLE SERIES 90 ACTUATORS CANNOT

BE PARALLELED WITH THESE RESISTORS.

FOR MODUTROL IV SERIES 90 ACTUATORS

USE THE Q7230 INTERFACE MODULE.

665 OHM

BLUE

YELLOW

536 OHM

3480 OHM

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

M7415 ACTUATOR

W7210 OR W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

M13827

Q769C MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER

TR

TR1

T1

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POSN

T

+

_

<

L1

L2

WHEN USING THE W7210 OR W7215 WITH A M7415

ACTUATOR, THE MIXED OR DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE LOGIC MODULE AND

NOT THE ACTUATOR.

1

1

Page 77: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

71 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

These are settings for a ML7295H used with a W7210 or W7215. The ML7295H is equipped with an input signal span and startpoint adjustment. The startpoint, labeled U0, determines which voltage the control signal begins to reposition the actuator. The span, labelled ΔU, determines which voltage the actuator is at full position.

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

CLOSE

OUT

OPEN

OUT

OPEN

CLOSED

500

500

0

30

609060

30

SINGLE ML6285 ACTUATOR

W6210 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

ORANGE

TAN

GREEN

M13825

WIPER

YELLOW

BLUE

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

CLOSE

OUT

OPEN

OUT

OPEN

CLOSED

500

500

0

30

609060

30

PARALLEL ML6285 ACTUATORSW6210 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

ORANGE

TAN

GREEN

WIPER

YELLOW

BLUE

500

500

0

30

609060

30

BLACK

RED

YELLOW

BLUE

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

SINGLE ML7295HACTUATOR

W7210 OR W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

GRAY

PARALLEL ML7925H ACTUATORS

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

W7210 OR W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

RED

BLACK

M13828

ML7295H setting for closed at 2 Vdc and open at 10 Vdc

Startpoint—Labeled U0 Actuator fully closed

2 Vdc

Range—Labelled ΔU Actuator fully open

8 Vdc

M13829

1

2

345

0

10

20

2530

25

15

SPAN, Δ U

OFFSET, U0

CONTROL SIGNAL

VOLTAGE SPAN DIAL

(ADJUSTABLE

FROM 2 TO 30 VDC)

VOLTAGE STARTING

DIAL (ADJUSTABLE

FROM 0 TO 5 VDC)

ML7295H

Page 78: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 72

W7210 Wiring Diagrams

S

+

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

R

G

W1

W2

Y1

C

RC

RH

G

W1

W2

Y2

Y1

3

1 2

42K

1K

1S

1S SWITCHES

WHEN

POWERED BY

24 VOLTS

1S1

MINIMUM POSITION ADJUSTMENT

T T1

P1P

TR TR1

SO

SR

5

+

+

SERIES 90MODUTROLIV MOTORS

TRANSFORMER

COOL1

HEAT 2

HEAT 1

FAN DELAY

FAN

FDR

COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT

LOW O.A. AMBIENTCOMPRESSORLOCKOUT STAT(OPTIONAL)

R W1

HVAC EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP

W7210 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RELAYS 1K AND 2K

ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR

ENTHALPY EXCEEDS

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY

M13820

1 HONEYWELL RECOMMENDS USE OF A SINGLE LARGE TRANSFORMER FOR BOTH THE ECONOMIZER LOGIC

MODULE AND THE COOLING COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT CIRCUIT.

C7400 OUTDOOR AIRENTHALPY SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

C7150 OR C7046MIXED OR SUPPLYAIR SENSOR

MIXED AIR

CIRCUITRY

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

V+

1+

COM

F

T2

T1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

V+

1+

COM

F

T2

T1

Q7230

Q7230

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

Y2 COOL2

Page 79: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

73 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W6210A,D used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT

RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A AND A INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

THE COMMON FOR THE W6210A,D IS DIFFERENT FROM THE COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS.

BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH ONE TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.M11151B

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

9

9

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W6210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

W2

C7400ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

8

8

7

7

2

51K

4

5

T

6

1S

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

HONEYWELLSERIES 62ACTUATOR(ML6275,ML6285,M6275,M6285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

OPEN

OPEN

WIPER

CLOSED

500 OHM

CLOSE

1 2

Page 80: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 74

W7210A,D used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT

RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A AND A INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,

WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL. M11152A

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

9

9

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

+

W7210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

W2

C7400ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

8

7

7

8

2

51K

4

5

T

6

1S

2-10V

OUT

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

+

1 2

Page 81: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

75 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W6210A,D used in single-stage cooling system with differential enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

W

R

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A AND A INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

THE COMMON FOR THE W6210A,D IS DIFFERENT FROM THE COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS.

BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH ONE TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

C7400OUTDOORAIRENTHALPYSENSOR

C7400RETURNAIRENTHALPYSENSOR

1

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W6210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

S

+

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

RH

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

2

5

6

8

7

1K

4

5

T

6

7

8

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

CLOSE

OPEN

500 OHM

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

OPEN

WIPER

CLOSED

M11157C

HONEYWELLSERIES 62ACTUATOR

1 2

9

9

Page 82: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 76

W7210A,D used with T7400/W7400 System and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

3K1

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

W

R

14 23 R

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

USE R8222N WITH PILOT DUTY CONTACTS FOR 3K. CONTACTS 3K1, 3K2 MAKE WHEN ENTHALPY IS BELOW SETPOINT

AND ECONOMIZER IS USED FOR FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.M11156A

T7400 THERMOSTAT

T7400/W7400 SYSTEM

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

C7400ENTHALPYSENSOR

1

1

2

3

4

8

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

T6031 LOCKOUT 50°F SETPOINT

3

2

6

6

5

7

61K

COOL 2

4

5

T

6

7

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

T7400B ONLY;T7047C1025 ORT7022A1010REMOTE SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

3K RELAY

3K2

1

WALLPLATE OR Q7400 SUBBASE

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

GND

TR

TR

RH

RC

4

3

2

1

A

COM

B

Y1

Y2

W1

W2

G

RC

RH

RC

24 VAC

T7400

ECONO.

AUX

RELAYENTHALPY

SWITCH

6

5

W7400 CONTROL MODULE

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

+

2-10V

OUT

+

Page 83: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

77 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W6210A,D used in two-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

THE COMMON FOR THE W6210A,D IS DIFFERENT FROM THE COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS.

BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH ONE TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT. M11153C

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

6

8

7

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W6210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

2

51K

COOL 2Y2

4

5

T

6

7

8

1S

1S1C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

RH

HONEYWELLSERIES 62ACTUATOR

(ML6275,ML6285,M6275,M6285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

CLOSE

OPEN

OPEN

WIPER

CLOSED

500 OHM

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

9

9

Page 84: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 78

W7210A,D used in two-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,

WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.M11154B

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

6

8

7

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

2

51K

COOL 2Y2

4

5

T

6

7

8

1S

1S1C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

RH

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

9

9

+

2-10V

OUT

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

+

Page 85: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

79 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7210A,D used in single-stage cooling system with differential enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

W

R

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,

WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL. M11158A

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4 2K

S

C7400OUTDOORAIRENTHALPYSENSOR

C7400RETURNAIRENTHALPYSENSOR

1

1

2

3

4

9

9

8

7

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

S

+

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

RH

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50°F SETPOINT

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

2

5

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

8

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

+

2-10V

OUT

5

2

+

Page 86: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 80

W6210A,D used with T7400/W7400 System and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

3K1

FAN

FANDELAYRELAY

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

W

R

14 23 R

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

USE R8222N WITH PILOT DUTY CONTACTS FOR 3K. CONTACTS 3K1, 3K2 MAKE WHEN ENTHALPY IS BELOW SETPOINT

AND ECONOMIZER IS USED FOR FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

THE COMMON FOR THE W6210A,D IS DIFFERENT FROM THE COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS.

BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH ONE TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT. M11155C

T7400 THERMOSTAT

T7400/W7400 SYSTEM

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

C7400ENTHALPYSENSOR

1

1

2

3

4

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W6210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

T6031 LOCKOUT 50°F SETPOINT

3

2

6

5

7

61K

COOL 2

4

5

T

6

7

8

8

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

W7400 CONTROL MODULE

T7400B ONLY;T7047C1025 ORT7022A1010REMOTE SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

3K RELAY

3K2

1

WALLPLATE OR Q7400 SUBBASE

HONEYWELLSERIES 62ACTUATOR

(ML6275,ML6285,M6275,M6285)

CLOSE

OPEN

OPEN

WIPER

CLOSED

500 OHM

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

GND

TR

TR

RH

RC

4

3

2

1

A

COM

B

Y1

Y2

W1

W2

G

RC

RH

RC

24 VAC

T7400

ECONO.

AUX

RELAYENTHALPY

SWITCH

6

5

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

Page 87: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

81 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7210A,D used with T775 Series 1000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

M15298A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

4

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7210A,D

+

C

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

51K

COOL 2Y2

T

1S

1S1C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

7

NO

COM

NC

NC

COM

NO

NC

COM

NO

T775 CONTROLLER

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED FOR THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH, WHICH CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.

A MAXIMUM OF ONE STAGE OF HEATING IS POSSIBLE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS WIRED IN THIS FASHION.

FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,

WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

8

+

2-10V

OUT

+

Page 88: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 82

W7210A,D used with T775 Series 2000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

M13844

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

4

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7210A,D

+

C

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

51K

COOL 2Y2

T

1S

1S1C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED FOR THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH, WHICH CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.

FOR THE ML7295A,C USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE,

WHICH ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

8

+

2-10V

OUT

+

7

T775 CONTROLLER

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NC

NO

C

NC

NO

C +

Page 89: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

83 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7210A,D controlling parallel wired Honeywell Series 72 Modutrol™ Motors

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT

RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A 2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER. M15300

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

1

3

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

+

W7210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

C7400ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

8

7

7

8

2

51K

4

5

T

6

1S

2-10V

OUT

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

T1

T2

T1

T2

+

+

SERIES 72MODUTROLMOTOR

SERIES 72MODUTROLMOTOR

Page 90: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 84

W7210A,D controlling parallel wired M7415 Economizer Motors

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT

RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER. M15301

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

1

3

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

+

+

+

W7210A,D

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

C7400ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

8

7

7

8

2

51K

4

5

T

6

1S

2-10V

OUT

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

TR

TR1

P1

P

TR

TR1

P1

P

Q769C

Q769C

M7415

M7415

Page 91: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

85 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7210A,D controlling parallel wired Honeywell Series 72 Direct Coupled Actuators

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

RELAYS 1K AND 2K ACTUATE WHEN THE ENTHALPY SENSED BY THE C7400 IS HIGHER THAN THE ENTHALPY SETPOINT A-D.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT

RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE STAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER. M15299

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

1

2

3

4

1

3

6

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

+

+

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

C7400ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

8

7

7

8

2

51K

4

5

T

6

1S

2-10V

OUT

1S1

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046ADISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

RED

BLACK

WHITE

BROWN

RED

BLACK

WHITE

BROWN

ML7285

Page 92: Honeywell Economizers

Section 6 - W6210 And W7210 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 86

Page 93: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

87 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

WITH AIR CONTENT SENSOR INPUTS

Page 94: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 88

W7215 System Components

M23903

DAMPER

RETURN AIR FROM ROOM

SUPPLY AIR TO BUILDING

FAN

COILS

W7215 ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE

C7632 ROOMCARBON DIOXIDESENSOR

T7350 PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT

S

+

S

+

OUTSIDEAIR SENSOR

EXHAUSTAIR

RETURN AIR SENSOR

MIXED AIR SENSOR

W7215B

+

Page 95: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

89 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W6215, W7215 and W7460 Components

The W7215A is an economizer module for use with series 72 actuators. The W7215B is similar except for an outside air content sensor input and slightly different contact inputs and outputs. The W6215A is for use with series 62

actuators but otherwise identical to the W7215A. The W7460A is for use with the M7415 actuator. The W7460B is similar to the A except for an outside air content sensor input and slightly different contacts.

24VAC TR Hot

24VAC Com

24VAC Hot

2-10V OUT

Free Cool

Unit Control

Exhaust Fan

Indoor Fan

Mininum Position

Maximum Position

Open

Free Cool

Closed

ISI

Exhaust

Exhaust Set Pt

0% 100%

50%

2V

6V

10V ISI

Set Pt

A

B C

D

TR1 Com

+

+

5

2

4

1

T1 T

P1

Q1

AQ1 AQ

SD1 SD

AC1 AC

PG1 PG

So

Sr

W7

21

5A

+

SINGLE ENTHALPY SETPOINT

MAXIMUM DAMPER POSITION

SETPOINT FOR DCV

DCV SENSOR SETPOINT

EXHAUST FAN ENERGIZED

SETPOINT

Q

M23898

+ –

ACTUATOR POWER

SUPPLY TERMINALS

ACTUATOR

CONTROL

TERMINALS

CONTACT

OUTPUTS

NOTE: ALL INPUT AND OUTPUT WIRING MUST BE 24 VAC CLASS 2.

TRANSFORMER TERMINALS

OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

COOLING SWITCHING

CONTROLLED FROM

COOLING STAT TO COMPRESSOR

(TERMINALS 1-5)

MIXED AIR SENSOR

REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION

POTENTIOMETER

REMOTE MAXIMUM DAMPER POSITION

POTENTIOMETER

CONTACT INPUTS TO INITIATE

CONTROL SEQUENCES

Q

DCV MODE LIGHT

CO2 SENSOR INPUT

EXHAUST FAN ENERGIZED LIGHT

MINIMUM DAMPER POSITION SETPOINT

P

FREE COOLING MODE LIGHT

3

Page 96: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 90

W7215B and W7460B Components

The W7215B and W7460B are equipped with outdoor air content sensor inputs. There are slight variations to the input and output terminals:• The purge function is eliminated.

• An alarm contact output is added for when the indoor DCV and outdoor air content setpoints are simultaneously exceeded. Refer to page 91.

• The exhaust fan setpoint and exhaust indication light are eliminated.

• An outdoor air content sensor setpoint and indication light are added.

24VAC TR Hot

24VAC Com

24VAC Hot

2-10V OUT

Free Cool

Unit Control

Exhaust Fan

Indoor Fan

Mininum Position

Maximum Position

Open

Free Cooling

Close

ISI

OSI

OSI Set Pt

2V 100%

6V

2V

6V

10V ISI

Set Pt

A

B C

D

TR1 Com

+

+

5

2

4

1

T1 T

P1

Q1

AQ1 AQ

SD1 SD

AC1 AC

0A1 0A

So

Sr

W7

21

5B

+

SINGLE ENTHALPY SETPOINT

MAXIMUM DAMPER POSITION

SETPOINT FOR DCV

DCV SENSOR SETPOINT

OUTDOOR AIR CONTENT SENSOR

SETPOINT

Q

M23899

+ –

ACTUATOR POWER

SUPPLY TERMINALS

ACTUATOR

CONTROL

TERMINALS

CONTACT

OUTPUTS

NOTE: ALL INPUT AND OUTPUT WIRING MUST BE 24 VAC CLASS 2.

TRANSFORMER TERMINALS

OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

COOLING SWITCHING

CONTROLLED FROM

COOLING STAT TO COMPRESSOR

(TERMINALS 1-5)

MIXED AIR SENSOR

REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION

POTENTIOMETER

REMOTE MAXIMUM POSITION

POTENTIOMETER

CONTACT INPUTS TO INITIATE

CONTROL SEQUENCES

Q

DCV MODE LIGHT

DCV SENSOR INPUT

OUTDOOR AIR CONTENT MODE LIGHT

MINIMUM DAMPER POSITION SETPOINT

P

FREE COOLING MODE LIGHT

3

Alarm

OUTDOOR AIR CONTENT SENSOR INPUT

Page 97: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

91 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W6215, W7215, W7460 Inputs and Outputs

This series of economizer modules includes input and output contacts for use in controlling the fans and conditioning equipment on the air

handler. Some of these contacts are not available on all modules.

Contact Outputs Contact Inputs

Indoor Fan ContactsContacts are made when the Air Change contacts are made (AC and AC1)

Input ContactsCan be made with time based controls or manually using a relay or jumper

Exhaust Fan ContactsThe Contacts are made when:The Purge Contacts (PG and PG1) are made orThe Air Change Contacts are made (AC and AC1)Unit Control ContactsThe Contacts are made when the panel is powered except during shutdown Air change or PurgeFree Cooling ContactsContacts are made with the unit is in the Economizer modeAlarm ContactsContacts are made when both indoor and outdoor Air content setpoints are exceeded

FreeCool

UnitControl

ExhaustFan

IndoorFan

W6215A W7215A

W7460A

ECONOMIZER

MODULES

M23921

CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN

OUTDOOR ENTHALPY IS

LOW. FREE COOL LIGHT IS

ILLUMINATED

SIMULTANEOUSLY

AIR HANDLER

CONDITIONING

SECTION CIRCUIT

EXHAUST FAN

STOP/START CIRCUIT

AIR HANDLER SUPPLY

FAN START/STOP CIRCUIT

ISI

SD1

AC1AC

PG1

SHUTDOWN

AIR CHANGE

PURGE1

2

3

4

6

1

6

2

3

4

5

FreeCool

UnitControl

ExhaustFan

IndoorFan

W7215B, W7460B

ECONOMIZER

MODULES

M23922

CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN

OUTDOOR ENTHALPY IS

LOW. FREE COOL LIGHT IS

ILLUMINATED

SIMULTANEOUSLY

AIR HANDLER

CONDITIONING

SECTION CIRCUIT

EXHAUST FAN

STOP/START CIRCUIT

AIR HANDLER SUPPLY

FAN START/STOP CIRCUIT

ISI

SD1

AC1AC

SHUTDOWN

AIR CHANGE

1

2

3

4

6

AIR CONTENT

SENSOR ALARM Alarm 5

Page 98: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 92

Input and Output Applications

Free Cool ContactsFree Cool Contacts are made when the unit is in the economizer mode. This allows connection of a timer to the logic modules to track the hours available for free cooling NOT the number of actual cooling hours. Actual hours of cooling can be logged using the contact closure from the commercial thermostat.

Exhaust Fan SetpointExhaust Fan Setpoint is the option to set the actual outside air damper position when the Exhaust Fan is powered through a set of contacts. The unit has an approximate 45

second delay from the time the indoor air sensor calls for the fan and when the fan is energized to allow the outside air damper to reach the position. This prevents placing an extra load on the fan by running it when the outside dampers are closed.

Purge ContactsWhen the Purge Contacts are connected with a jumper or relay closure the outside air dampers close, the exhaust fan contacts are made and the contacts to the indoor fans and unit control are opened. This allows the building manager to exhaust smoke from the building but not add outside air.

M13841

FAN

HEATING COIL

COOLING COIL

NOT TO BE USED AS A LIFE SAFETY DEVICE

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

OCCUPANCY

TIMER

SMOKE, FIRE

DETECTION

CIRCUIT

W6215AW7215AW7460A

ECONOMIZERMODULES

HOUR

COUNTER

ExhaustFan

IndoorFan

ISI

Exhaust

ExhaustSet Pt

0% 100%

50%

AC1AC

PG1PG

EXHAUST FAN

SETPOINT

EXHAUST AIR

Page 99: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

93 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Shutdown ContactsWhen the Shutdown Contacts are connected with a jumper or relay closure, the outside dampers close, and the contacts to the exhaust and indoor fans and unit control are opened turning all systems off. This allows the building manager to shut down all systems from one contact closure.

Air Change ContactsWhen the Air Change Contacts are connected with a jumper or relay closure, the outside dampers open, and the contacts to the

exhaust and indoor fans are made. This option allows the building manager to change the air in the building before occupancy or before an event when the space will be full, as in a theater before the movie begins.

Alarm ContactsAlarm Contacts only available on B models with outdoor air content sensors. Contacts are made when both indoor (DCV) and outdoor content sensor values exceed their respective setpoints. These contacts can be used to initiate visual or audible annunciation of an air content alarm or to turn on an air cleaner.

M13842

FAN

HEATING COIL

COOLING COIL

NOT TO BE USED AS A LIFE SAFETY DEVICE

SD1

AC1

SD

AC

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

OCCUPANCY

TIMER

W7215BW7460B

ECONOMIZERMODULES

HOUR COUNTER

ALARM

TO AIR CLEANER OR

AIR CONTENT ALARM ISI

OSI

OSISet Pt

2V 100%

6V

2V

6V

10VISI

Set Pt

AQ1AQ

SD1SD

AC1AC

0A10A

DCV SENSOR

SETPOINT

OUTDOOR AIR

CONTENT SENSOR

SETPOINT

+–

DCV MODE LIGHT

OUTDOOR AIR

CONTENT

MODE LIGHT

EXHAUST AIR

Page 100: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 94

Minimum and Maximum Settings

This series of economizer modules includes both minimum and maximum damper position settings. Previous economizer controls are equipped with only a minimum setting to maintain a volume of outside air for ventilation. The minimum setting on these modules is to ventilate for the building components when using DCV or to ventilate for cfm per person for maximum occupancy when not using DCV. The maximum setting is used to limit the amount of outside air brought into the air handler.

When using DCV, this is the sum of the ventilation for the building components and the maximum design human occupancy. See above for control of dampers using DCV and minimum and maximum damper positions. When DCV is not used this setting can be used to limit the amount of outside air brought into the system.

If the dampers are being modulated from the mixed air sensor as the first stage of cooling from the commercial thermostat, the DCV maximum setting is not in the circuit and the dampers can be opened fully as needed. If the dampers are being modulated from both the mixed air sensor and the DCV sensor, the dampers will be opened to whichever is a higher signal. If the mixed air temperature decreases below 40°F (4°C) the signal from the DCV sensor is ignored and the dampers are modulated toward closed to prevent freezing of coils and other equipment in the air handler.

MininumPosition

MaximumPosition

Open

Free Cool

Closed

2V

6V

10V

4

T1T

P1

Q1

AQ1AQ

M23923

Q

P

3

REMOTE MINIMUM

POSITION CONTROL60

100

140

120

80

40°F

60

100

140

120

80

40°F

REMOTE MINIMUM

POSITION CONTROL

C7150 OR C7046

MIXED OR SUPPLY

AIR SENSOR

ppm

C7232 OR C7632

DCV CO2 SENSORGND

AN1

DAMPER POSITION

CO2 LEVEL

100% OPEN

DCV MIN

POSITION

MIN POS

0% OPEN

450 PPM 800 PPM 2000 PPM

CO2 SENSOR ONLY

DCV ECONOMIZER FULL OCCUPANCY

DCV ECONOMIZER

NORMAL OPERATION WITHOUT DCV

CODE VENTILATION RATE

M23972

Page 101: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

95 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Outdoor Air Content Sensor

The purpose of the DCV sensor is different from that of the outdoor air content sensor. On the economizer modules equipped with outdoor air content sensors the purpose of the sensor is to keep the outside air dampers at a

minimum position if the outdoor air is above its setpoint threshold. Alarm contacts on the economizer module will close if both the outdoor and indoor air (DCV) signals are above their respective setpoint thresholds.

Outdoor Air Content Sensor DCV Mixed Air Damper Actuator

Outdoor Air Content Sensor

LightAlarm

ContactsBelow Setpoint

Below Setpoint

Modulation based on signal from mixed air temperature sensor.

Off Open

Above Setpoint

Modulation between minimum and maximum positions based on signal from either mixed air or indoor air content sensors, whichever signal is higher.

Off Open

Above Setpoint

Below Setpoint

Closed fully. On Open

Above Setpoint

Modulation based on signal from mixed air temperature sensor. Terminals labeled Alarm made to energize warning light, audio alarm or air cleaner.

On Made

FreeCool

UnitControl

ExhaustFan

IndoorFan

W7215B, W7460B

ECONOMIZER

MODULES

M23924

THESE CONTACTS CLOSE IF BOTH

THE OUTDOOR AND INDOOR

SETPOINTS ARE EXCEEDED

ISI

SD1

AC1

Alarm AQ1

0A1

SD

AC

AQ

0A

C7232 OR C7632

DCV CO2 SENSORGND

AN1

OUTDOOR

AIR CONTENT

SENSOR

Page 102: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 96

W6215, W7215 and W7460 Actuator Usage

The W7460 can only be used with the M7415 actuator. The W7215 can be used with series 72 actuators (Direct Coupled Actuators, M7215 and Modutrol motors) and the M7415, when a Q769C potentiometer is used to adapt

to the 2 to 10 Vdc signal to the M7415. The W6215 is only usable with series 62 actuators. Refer to Section 5 on W6210 and W7210 economizer modules for more information on parallel and ML7295H actuator connections.

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

500

500

0

30

609060

30

ML7275, ML7285 ACTUATOR W7210 OR W7215

ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

WHITE

M13830

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

2-10V

OUT

_

M7415 ACTUATOR

W7210 OR W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

M13827

Q769C MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER

TR

TR1

T1

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POSN

T

+

_

<

L1

L2

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

CLOSE

OPEN

500

OHM

POT

OPEN

CLOSED

500

500

0

30

609060

30

ML6285A ACTUATOR

W6215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RED

BLACK

ORANGE

TAN

GREEN

M13831

YELLOW

BLUE

+(P1)

OUTPUT FORM7415

_ (P)

M7415 ACTUATOR

W7460 ECONOMIZER MODULE

M13832

TR

TR1

T1

P1

P

24 VAC

SENSOR

MIN

POSN

T

L1

L2

Page 103: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

97 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W6215, W7215 and W7460 Wiring Diagram

S

+

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

R

G

W1

W2

Y1

C

RC

RH

G

W1

W2

Y2

Y1

3

1 2

42K

1K

1S

1S SWITCHES

WHEN

POWERED BY

24 VOLTS

1S1 T T1

P1P

24 VAC

TR HOT

TR1

COM

SO

SR

5

+

+

ML7275, ML7285MIXED AIRACTUATOR

TRANSFORMER

COOL1

COOL2

HEAT 2

HEAT 1

FAN DELAY

FAN

FDR

Y2

COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT

LOW O.A. AMBIENTCOMPRESSORLOCKOUT STAT(OPTIONAL)

R W

1

HVAC EQUIPMENT TERMINAL STRIP

W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RELAYS 1K AND 2K

ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR

ENTHALPY EXCEEDS

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY

M13821

1 HONEYWELL RECOMMENDS USE OF A SINGLE LARGE TRANSFORMER FOR BOTH THE ECONOMIZER

LOGIC MODULE AND THE COOLING COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT CIRCUIT.

C7400 OUTDOORENTHALPY SENSOR

S

+

C7150 OR C7046MIXED OR DISCHARGEAIR SENSORMIXED AIR

CIRCUITRY

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

_

Q

AQ

SD

AC

PG PG1

AC1

SD1

AQ1

Q1

500

500

0

30

609060

30

RED

BLACK

WHITE

INDOOR

FAN

EXHAUST

FAN

UNIT

CONTROL

FREE

COOL

CONTACTS CLOSED WHEN

OUTDOOR ENTHALPY IS LOW

FREE COOL LIGHT IS

ILLUMINATED SIMULTANEOUSLY

AIR HANDLER

CONDITIONING SECTION CIRCUIT

EXHAUST FAN STOP/START CIRCUIT

AIR HANDLER SUPPLY

FAN START/STOP CIRCUIT

MINIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

SHUTDOWN

GND

AN1

ppm

CO2 SENSOR

C7400 RETURNENTHALPY SENSOR

Page 104: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 98

W6215A used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 62 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA

LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED

BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

THE COMMON FOR THE W6215A IS DIFFERENT THAN THE

COMMON (WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS. BE SURE

TO CONNECT EACH TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.M11803A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

3

4

TRTR1

SO

SR

+

+

W6215A

+

1K

4

5

T

6

7

8

9

9

9

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE

REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE

WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING

THERMOSTATS.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.

+

–2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

8

2

HONEYWELLSERIES 62

ACTUATOR

(ML6275,ML6285,

M6275,M6285)

CLOSE

OPEN

OPEN

WIPER

CLOSED

500 OHM

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

6

620 OHM

RESISTOR

RH

Page 105: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

99 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W6215A used in two-stage cooling system with a Honeywell Series 62 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA

LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED

BY A 24 VAC INPUT.M11800A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W6215A

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

8

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

THE COMMON FOR THE W6215A IS DIFFERENT THAN THE COMMON

(WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS. BE SURE TO CONNECT EACH

TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED

ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR

DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

+

–2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

8

2

COOL 2

HONEYWELLSERIES 62ACTUATOR

(ML6275,ML6285,M6275,M6285)

CLOSE

OPEN

OPEN

WIPER

CLOSED

500 OHM

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL

50 F SETPOINT

Page 106: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 100

W6215 controlling parallel-wired Honeywell Series 62 Direct Coupled Actuators

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE LOAD

OF ALL ACTUATORS.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED

BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER. M16060A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W6215A

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

8

9

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD

BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED

TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

CONNECT ONLY THE MASTER ACTUATOR TO THE W6215

FEEDBACK OUTPUT.

THE COMMON FOR THE W6215A IS DIFFERENT THAN THE COMMON

(WIPER) FOR THE SERIES 62 ACTUATORS. BE SURE TO CONNECT

EACH TO A DIFFERENT CIRCUIT.

+

–2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

1

3

BLACK

RED

YELLOW

BLUE

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

5

2

FANDELAYRELAY

9

8

MASTERML6275, ML6285

SLAVEML6275, ML6285

CLOSE

OPEN

OPEN

WIPER

CLOSED

500 OHM

BLACK

RED

YELLOW

BLUE

Page 107: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

101 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7215A used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA

LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED

BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20mA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE

MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE

ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

M11804A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215A

+

1K

4

5

T

6

6

7

8

9

9

9

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE

REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE

WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING

THERMOSTATS.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.

+

–2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

8

2

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

2-10 VDC

OUT

++

––

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

620 OHM

RESISTOR

Page 108: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 102

W7215A controlling parallel-wired Honeywell Series 72 Direct Coupled Actuators

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS

AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN

IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE

THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF T

HE TIMER.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL

ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

M11793A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215A

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

2-10V

OUT

+

Ð

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

1

3

RED

BLACK

WHITE

BROWN

RED

BLACK

WHITE

BROWN

ML7285

ML7285

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

5

2

FANDELAYRELAY

Page 109: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

103 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7215A used in two-stage cooling system with Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA

LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED

BY A 24 VAC INPUT. M11801A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

3

4

TRTR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215A

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

8

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE

MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE

ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED

ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR

DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

+

–2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

8

2

COOL 2

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL

50 F SETPOINT

2-10V

OUT

+

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

+

Page 110: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 104

W7215A controlling parallel-wired Honeywell Series 72 Modutrol Motors

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS

AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN

IS NOT RUNNING.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD

OF THE TIMER.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES

WHEN POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL

ENTHALPY.

M11794A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TRTR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215A

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

2-10V

OUT

++

+

Ð

Ð

Ð

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

1

MOD MOTOR

SERIES 72

MOD MOTOR

SERIES 72

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

5

3

2

T1

T1

T2

T2

Page 111: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

105 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7215A controlling parallel-wired M7415 Motors

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND

OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR

MUST USE ANINDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS

NOT RUNNING.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF

THE TIMER.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE T

HE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL

ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

M11795A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215A

+

6

1K

4

T

5

6

7

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

2-10V

OUT

+

Ð

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

1

5

M7415

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

+

Ð

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

3

2

TR

P1

P

TR1 Q769C

M7415

+

Ð

TR

P1

P

TR1 Q769C

Page 112: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 106

W7215A used with T775 Series 1000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS

AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN

IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED

TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER

AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL

ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT

IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO

ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL

ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS:

TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL. A

MAXIMUM ONE STAGE OF HEATING IS POSSIBLE WHEN

THE SYSTEM IS WIRED IN THIS FASHION. M11792B

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215A

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

2-10V

OUT

++

ÐÐ

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

1

2

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

COOL 2Y2

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50¡ F SETPOINT

C

7

NO

COM

NC

NC

COM

NO

NC

COM

NO

T775 CONTROLLER

Page 113: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

107 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7215A used with T775 Series 2000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS

AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN

IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED

TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER

AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL

ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT

IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO

ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL. M13845

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215A

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

2-10V

OUT

++

ÐÐ

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

1

2

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

COOL 2Y2

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50¡ F SETPOINT

C

7

T775 CONTROLLER

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NC

NO

C

NC

NO

C +

Page 114: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 108

W7215B used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS

AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN

FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO

HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER

AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL

ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT

IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO

ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5%

RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED.

DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED

FOR USE WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS

OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD

OF THE TIMER.

FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.

M11812A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215B

+

1K

4

5

T

6

7

8

9

9

9

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

8

2

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

2-10 VDC

OUT

++

ÐÐMINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

6

620 OHM

RESISTOR

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð

Ð

2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

+

2-10 VDC

OUTDOOR

AIR SENSOR

ALARM

FREE

COOL

SHUT DOWN

AIR CHANGE

SD SD1

AC AC1

OA OA1

MAXIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

Page 115: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

109 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7215B used with T775 Series 1000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE

THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED

BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

M11815B

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TRTR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215B

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS

HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT

A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED

ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR

DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING

AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL. A MAXIMUM OF ONE STAGE HEATING IS

POSSIBLE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS WIRED IN THIS FASHION.

2-10V

OUT

++

ÐÐ

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

1

2

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

COOL 2Y2

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50¡ F SETPOINT

C

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

+

Ð2-10 VDC

OUTDOOR

AIR SENSOR

ALARM

FREE

COOL

SHUT DOWN

AIR CHANGE

SD SD1

AC AC1

OA OA1

MAXIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

7

NO

COM

NC

NC

COM

NO

NC

COM

NO

T775 CONTROLLER

Page 116: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 110

W7215B used with T775 Series 2000 Controller and Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND

OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN

IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED

TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER

AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

M13846

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TRTR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215B

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE

500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR

IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL.

2-10V

OUT

++

ÐÐ

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

1

2

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

COOL 2Y2

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50¡ F SETPOINT

C

MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

+

Ð2-10 VDC

OUTDOOR

AIR SENSOR

ALARM

FREE

COOL

SHUT DOWN

AIR CHANGE

SD SD1

AC AC1

OA OA1

MAXIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

7

T775 CONTROLLER

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NC

NO

C

NC

NO

C +

Page 117: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

111 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7215B used in two-stage cooling system with Honeywell Series 72 Actuator

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS

AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN

IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE

THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 mA MODEL ACTUATOR.

THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT IMPEDENCE THAT

ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

M11810A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215B

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

8

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

7

8

2

COOL 2

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL

50 F SETPOINT

2-10V

OUT

+

ÐMINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

+

Ð

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

_2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

+

_2-10 VDC

OUTDOOR

AIR SENSOR

ALARM

FREE

COOL

SHUT DOWN

AIR CHANGE

SD SD1

AC AC1

OA OA1

MAXIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

Page 118: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 112

W7460A used in two-stage cooling system with M7415 Motors

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND

OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR

MUST USE AN INDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN

IS NOT RUNNING.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF

THE TIMER.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL

ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

M11802A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7460A

+

5

1K

4

5

3

T

6

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

_2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

6

4

2

COOL 2

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

M7415

OUT

+

Ð

L1

(HOT)

L2 1

P1

P

M7415

TRTR1

Page 119: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

113 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7460A used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and M7415 Motors

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND

OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR

MUST USE ANINDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS

NOT RUNNING.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY

NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH SINGLE-STAGE

COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING

THERMOSTATS.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF

THE TIMER.

FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.

M11805A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TRTR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7460A

+

1K

4

5

3

T

6

7

7

7

4

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

- 2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

5

6

2

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

M7415

OUT

+

Ð

L1

(HOT)

L2 1

P1

P

M7415

TRTR1

RH

620 OHM

RESISTOR

Page 120: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 114

W7460B used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and M7415 Motors

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR MUST USE AN

INDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS NOT RUNNING.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED

BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT

BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR

USE WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE

COOLING THERMOSTATS.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF THE TIMER.

FOR TWO-STAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ONLY.

M11813A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7460B

+

1K

4

5

3

T

6

7

7

74

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

5

6

2

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

M7415

OUT

+

Ð

L1

(HOT)

L2

1

P1

P

M7415

TRTR1MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

RH

620 OHM

RESISTOR

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

_2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

+

_2-10 VDC

OUTDOOR

AIR SENSOR

ALARM

FREE

COOL

SHUT DOWN

AIR CHANGE

SD SD1

AC AC1

OA OA1

Page 121: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

115 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7460B used in two-stage cooling system with M7415 Motors

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND

OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M7415 MOTOR

MUST USE AN INDEPENDENT TRANSFORMER.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN IS

NOT RUNNING.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR T7300, USE CONTACTS A1 AND A2 INSTEAD OF

THE TIMER.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

FOR T7300 ONLY.

M11811A

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

TRTR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7460B

+

5

1K

4

5

3

T

6

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXED AIR OR C7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED6

4

2

COOL 2

FANDELAYRELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

M7415

OUT

+

Ð

L1

(HOT)

L2

1

P1

P

M7415

TRTR1MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

_2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

+

_2-10 VDC

OUTDOOR

AIR SENSOR

ALARM

FREE

COOL

SHUT DOWN

AIR CHANGE

SD SD1

AC AC1

OA OA1

Page 122: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 116

W6215, W7215, or W7460 used with W973B Logic Panel

1

3 4

2

5

2K

W6215/W7212/W7215/W7460 LOGIC MODULE

1K1S

1S1

HONEYWELL

ACTUATOR

1

2

1

2

W

R

L2

L1

(HOT)

COOL 3

COOL 2

COOL 1

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR MODEL DEPENDENT ON LOGIC MODULE MODEL.M11991B

2 1COOL

3 HEAT 3 COOL

2 1HEAT

MOD-HEAT

WH BH RH

MOD-COOL

RC BC WC

T T1 3 4 2 5 1 TR TR

SENSOR STAT 24 VAC

C +20 H N

W973B LOGIC PANEL T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL50 F SETPOINT

Page 123: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

117 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Indoor Air Content Sensor Settings

The DCV input can be any sensor with a 2 to 10 Vdc output such as the Honeywell C7242, C7232 or C7632 carbon dioxide (CO2)sensor. The sensor is supplied with preset configurations that can be used if they meet the application requirements. The output of the C7242 and C7232 sensors is re-configurable using a desktop computer and a serial connection directly to the sensor or by switches inside the cover. The C7632 is not a configurable sensor and has a fixed 0-2000 Vdc output and no relay outputs. The output

chart illustrated on the right side of this page is the Analog 1 configuration of startpoint and throttling range for a linear output. The effect on the mixed air control module can be further adjusted with the DCV setpoint illustrated on the left. The typical setting for this adjustment is 2 Vdc. With this setting, the effect of the room DCV sensor begins when the sensor output is 2 Vdc. The installer sets the output range and the DCV setpoint on the economizer to adhere to local codes.

24VAC TR Hot

24VACCom

24VACHot

2-10VOUT

FreeCool

UnitControl

ExhaustFan

IndoorFan

MininumPosition

MaximumPosition

Open

Free Cooling

Close

ISI

OSI

OSISet Pt

2V 100%

6V

2V

6V

10VISI

Set Pt

A

B C

D

TR1Com

+

+

5

2

4

1

T1T

P1

Q1

AQ1AQ

SD1SD

AC1AC

0A10A

So

Sr

W7

21

5B

+

M23925

+–

Q

P

3

Alarm

C7242 INDOOR

AIR CONTENT

CO2 SENSORECONOMIZER

MODULE WITH

DCV SENSOR INPUT

DCV SENSOR

INPUT ON

TEMINALS

AQ AND AQ1

2V

6V

10VDCV

Set Pt

ROOM CONCENTRATION CARBON DIOXIDE IN PARTS PER MILLION

500

650

800

950

1100

1250

1400

1550

1700

1850

2000

SENSOR OUTPUTIN VOLTS DC

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Page 124: Honeywell Economizers

Section 7 - W6215, W7215 And W7460 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 118

Carbon Dioxide Sensor Setup

For applications where factory configurations do not meet the application requirements the sensor may be re-configured by the installer to meet most configuration needs. To reconfigure the sensor connect the C7242 to a PC using the RS232 Cable and PC Configuration Software, number 32002183-001. The configuration software allows extensive configuration control via five Proportional plus Integral controls and a Delay Timer control.

The Delay Timer (DT) function permits a digital input to be used to make a step change in the analog output from the sensor. A typical

application is a manual push-button that after it is pushed the sensor output is boosted to 100% for five minutes to increase the volume of outside air for ventilation.

For complete information about configuration of the sensor, refer to the programming manual in the RS232 Cable and PC Configuration Software package.

Most installers prefer to use a C7632 CO2 sensor that does not need to be programed or adjusted when installed.

CO2 Sensors Display No Display A1 Output A2 Output

Wall Mount With Relay

C7242A1030 C7242A1048 0 Vdc = 500 ppm(2 Vdc = 800 ppm) and10 Vdc = 2,00 ppm

Relay Output:0 to 800 ppm = Open,More than 800 ppm = Closed,Reopens at less than 700 ppm

Wall Mount C7242A1014 C7242A1022 Analog Sensor Mode:0 Vdc = 500 ppm(2 Vdc = 800 ppm) and10 Vdc = 2,000 ppmTime interval = 2 seconds

Duct Mount C7242B1012 C7242B1020Outside Air Not Available C7232E1007

Page 125: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

119 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

Page 126: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 120

W7212 Economizer System Components

EXHAUST

AIR

DAMPER

M23900

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

MIXED AIR

SENSORFAN COILS

W7212 ECONOMIZER

CONTROLLER

WITH DEMAND

CONTROL

VENTILATION

C7632 ROOM

CARBON DIOXIDE

SENSOR

TB8220

COMMERCIAL

PRO

S

+

S

+

OUTSIDE

AIR SENSOR

RETURN

AIR SENSOR

Page 127: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

121 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7212, W7213, and W7214 ComponentsThe W7212 DCV economizer logic module is the simplest and most popular economizer model. It combines all of the benefits of the W7459 and W7210 with the some features of the W7215. It does not include shutdown, air change and purge but does have a “N” terminal for night setback. On W7213 and W7214 models N terminal is either B or O terminal for use with heat pumps.

There are three models:• W7212A- Used with series 70 actuators

including DCA’s and Modutrol Motors• W7213A - Used with heat pumps or

conventional rooftop units. B terminal energized in heating and unenergized in cooling

• W7214A - Used with heat pumps or conventional rooftop units. O terminal unenergized in heating and energized in cooling.

All models can be panel mounted or directly mounted to M7215 motor.

Potentiometer and LED locations (W7212 shown)

Power at the N terminal determines the Occupied/Unoccupied setting:For the W7212:• 24 Vac (Occupied)• No power (Unoccupied)• N terminal powered – Space Occupied:

— If No Call for cooling or bad outdoor enthalpy - dampers drive to minimum position

— If Call for cooling - dampers open to sat-isfy the mixed or discharge air sensor if outdoor air is good enthalpy

• N terminal unpowered – Space Unoccupied:— If No call for cooling - damper drives

closed if economizer is powered— If Call for cooling - dampers open to sat-

isfy the mixed or discharge air sensor if outdoor air is good enthalpy

DEMAND CONTROL

VENTILAION SETPOINT

ENTHALPY

CHANGEOVER SETPOINT

LED LIGHTS WHEN

DEMAND CONTROL

VENTILAION INPUT

IS ABOVE SETPOINT

EXHAUST

FAN SETPOINT

LED LIGHTS

WHEN EXHAUST

CONTACT IS MADE

MINIMUM DAMPER

POSITION SETTING

M20604

N1

P1

T1

N 2V

2V

2V

B

A

SR

SO

AQ

C

D

FreeCool

10V

EXH

DCV

EXH

Set

10V

DCV

Max

10V

DCV

Set

MinPos

Open

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

MAXIMUM DAMPER

DEMAND CONTROL

VENTILATION SETPOINT

LED LIGHTS WHEN

OUTDOOR AIR IS

SUITABLE FOR

FREE COOLING

ENTHALPY

SENSORS

CO2

SENSOR

NIGHT

SET BACK

REMOTE

MINIMUM

POT INPUT

MIXED AIR

SENSOR

M23970

N1

P1

T1

B

A

SR

SO

AQ

C

D

FreeCool

EXH

IAQ

EXH

Set

IAQ

Max

IAQ

MIN

MinPos

Open

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

N

EF1

5

2

24

VAC

COM

TR1

24

VAC

HOT

TR

4

EF

1

+

3

Page 128: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 122

For the W7213 and W7214:• 24 Vac (Unoccupied)• No power (Occupied)

All other inputs are same as other logic modules, for space consideration the enthalpy sensor terminals were moved to left side of control.

Same input for TR-TR1 for 24 Vac power to logic module and output to mechanical cooling.

Output for 2-10 Vdc and 24 Vac power to actuator is on the right side of the unit and exhaust fan output has been added.

The exhaust setpoint determines when the exhaust fan runs based on damper position. When the exhaust fan call is made, the module provides a 60 ±30 second delay before exhaust fan activation. This delay allows the damper to reach the appropriate position to avoid unnecessary fan overload.

EF and EF1 are 24V dry contacts only. An external line voltage contactor is required to operate the exhaust fan.

When the exhaust fan is deactivated the EF and EF1 relay opens immediately.

The exhaust setpoint determines when the exhaust fan runs based on damper position. Full CCW is fully closed damper position and Full CW is fully open damper position.

When the EF and EF1 contacts are made after the 60 ±30 sec. delay, the EXH LED will illuminate.

Damper minimum position and maximum position are the positions of the damper for ventilation for building contaminants and people occupancy. See section 1 for explanation of DCV and determination of damper settings.

DCV Maximum Position Adjustment1. Disconnect mixed air sensor from

terminals T and T1 and short terminals T and T1.

2. Connect a jumper between terminals AQ and SO+.

3. Connect 24 Vac across terminals TR and TR1.

4. Adjust the potentiometer on the face of the device with a screwdriver for desired maximum position.

DCV SETPOINT

ENTHALPY

CHANGEOVER SETPOINT

LED LIGHTS WHEN

DCV INPUT IS

ABOVE SETPOINT

NIGHT SET BACK

REMOTE

MINIMUM DAMPER

POSITION SETTING

M23969

N1

P1

T1

B

A

SR

SO

AQ

C

D

FreeCool

EXH

IAQ

EXH

Set

IAQ

Max

IAQ

MIN

MinPos

Open

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

MAXIMUM DCV

SETPOINT

LED LIGHTS WHEN

OUTDOOR AIR IS

SUITABLE FOR

FREE COOLING

N

EF1

5

2

24

VAC

COM

TR1

24

VAC

HOT

TR

4

EF

1

+

3

24 VAC INPUT

24 VAC TO

ACTUATOR

2-10 VDC TO

ACTUATOR

OUT TO COOL 1

OUT TO COOL 1

EXHAUST

FAN OUTPUT

Page 129: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

123 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

5. If all minimum and maximum position adjustments are complete, remove the T-T1 jumper and reconnect the mixed air sensor.

When the mixed air sensor takes control based on an increased requirement for cooling, it overrides the DCV maximum position potentiometer and can drive the damper full-open.

If the mixed air temperature drops to 45°F, the mixed air sensor overrides the DCV and fully closes the damper to protect from freezing the hot or chilled water coils. Control returns to normal once the mixed air temperature rises to 48°F.

DCV setpoint is the same as the W7215. The setpoint is based on the output of the CO2 sensor (e.g., 0-10 Vdc output for CO2 ppm of 500-1500 ppm where 0 Vdc = 500 ppm and 10 Vdc = 1500 ppm. If setpoint is 1000 ppm or 6 Vdc, then the OA damper will begin to module open when output from CO2 sensor is 6 Vdc). DCV LED light will illuminate when CO2 level is above setpoint.

Free cool LED illuminates when outdoor air is suitable for free cooling whether Y1 from the commercial thermostat is calling for cooling or not.

The W7212 uses the electronic A, B, C, D and high enthalpy curves on the psychrometric chart.

Minimum Position AdjustmentThe following provides basic guidelines for minimum position selection and adjustment:

IMPORTANTAdjust the minimum position potentiom-eter to allow the minimum amount of outdoor air for building effluents, as required by local codes, to enter the building. This procedure requires use of a quality thermometer capable of read-ing to 0.5°F (0.25°C).

NOTE: Make minimum position adjustments with at least a 10°F (-12°C) temperature difference between outdoor and return air.

1. Calculate the appropriate mixed air temperature, see the Equation below.

2. Disconnect mixed air sensor from terminals T and T1.

3. Place a jumper across terminals T and T1.

4. Ensure that either the factory-installed jumper is in place across terminals P and P1 or, if remote damper position is required, that it is wired according the image below, turned fully clockwise.

S963B1128 Remote Potentiometer used with logic module for

remote damper control

5. Connect 24 Vac across terminals TR and TR1.

6. Carefully adjust the potentiometer on the face of the device with a small screwdriver until the mixed air temperature reaches the calculated value.

NOTE: Ensure that the sensed air is well mixed.

7. If all minimum and maximum position adjustments are complete, remove the T-T1 jumper and reconnect the mixed air sensor.

M20603A

P1

P

ECONOMIZER

R MINIMUM POSITIONADJUSTMENT

W B

CW

CLOSE

S963B1128 REMOTEPOTENTIOMETER

CW

Page 130: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 124

Formula to aid minimum position adjustment

(TO × OA) + (TR × RA)= TM

Where:TO = Outdoor air temperatureOA = Percent of outdoor airTR = Return air temperatureRA = Percent of return airTM = Resulting mixed air temperature

NOTE: The following sample calculation uses only Fahrenheit temperature.

EXAMPLE: Assume local codes require 10% outdoor air during occupied conditions, outdoor air is 60°F and return air is 75°F. Under these conditions, what is the temperature of the mixed air?

(0.1 × 60°F) + (0.9 × 75°F) =

6.0°F + 67.5°F = 73.5°F

Mixed air will be 73.5°F when OA is 60°F and RA is 75°F with 10% outdoor air.

Page 131: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

125 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7212, W7213, and W7214 Wiring Diagram

W7212 used with M7215 Damper Motor and T7300 Thermostat

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR. USE THE SAME

TRANSFORMER FOR T7300 AND ECONOMIZER.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE

WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.

T7300 TERMINALS A1 AND A2 ARE CONNECTED WHEN COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT IS IN THE OCCUPIED MODE.

EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.

M20716E

S

1

2

3

2

+

4

5

5 C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300/Q7300THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

A2

A1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

A1

A2

COOL 2

N1

P1

T1

SR

SO

AQ

EF1

EXHAUST

FAN

L1 (HOT)

L2

4

EF

3

5

2 1

TR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

TR1

24 Vac COM 24 VAC COM

24 Vac

HOT

2-10 VDC CONTROL – +

3

620 OHM RESISTOR

C7150B MIXEDAIR OR C7046A

DISCHARGEAIR SENSOR

+

– 0/2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

N

4

24 VAC HOT

SIGNAL OUTPUT

W7212 M7215

Page 132: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 126

W7212 used with M7215 Damper Motor and T7350 Thermostat

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

THE SAME TRANSFORMER CAN BE USED FOR THE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT AND ACTUATOR.

IF SEPARATE HEATING AND COOLING TRANSFORMERS ARE USED, REMOVE JUMPER AT THERMOSTAT.

T7350 - TERMINAL “AUX” IS POWERED BY THE HEATING TRANSFORMER (RH).

IF POWERING THE ECONOMIZER TERMINAL “N” WITH THE THERMOSTAT TERMINAL “AUX”, BE SURE THE ECONOMIZER IS POWERED BY THE

SAME TRANSFORMER AS TERMINAL “AUX”. IF NOT, USE AN ISOLATION RELAY TO POWER “N”.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE

WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.

EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.

M13657A

S

1

2

3

2

+

4

5 C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7350THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

A2

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

AUX

COOL 2

N1

P1

T1

SR

SO

AQ

EF1

EXHAUST

FAN

L1 (HOT)

L2

4

EF

3

5

2 1

TR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

TR1

24 Vac COM 24 VAC COM

24 Vac

HOT

2-10 VDC CONTROL – +

4

620 OHM RESISTOR

C7150B MIXEDAIR OR C7046A

DISCHARGEAIR SENSOR

+

– 0/2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

N

24 VAC HOT

SIGNAL OUTPUT

W7212 M7215

5

3

Page 133: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

127 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7212 used with M7215 Damper Motor and TB7220 or TB8220 Thermostats

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

THE SAME TRANSFORMER CAN BE USED FOR THE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT AND ACTUATOR.

IF SEPARATE HEATING AND COOLING TRANSFORMERS ARE USED, REMOVE JUMPER AT THERMOSTAT.

TB7220 - TERMINAL “A” IS POWERED BY THE COOLING TRANSFORMER (RC).

TB8220 - TERMINAL “A” IS POWERED BY THE HEATING TRANSFORMER (R).

IF POWERING THE ECONOMIZER TERMINAL “N” WITH THE THERMOSTAT TERMINAL “A”, BE SURE THE ECONOMIZER IS POWERED BY THE

SAME TRANSFORMER AS TERMINAL “A”. IF NOT, USE AN ISOLATION RELAY TO POWER “N”.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE

WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.

EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.M13658A

S

1

2

3

2

+

4

5 C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

TB7220 OR TB8220THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

A

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

R

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

A

COOL 2

N1

P1

T1

SR

SO

AQ

EF1

EXHAUST

FAN

L1 (HOT)

L2

4

EF

3

5

2 1

TR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

TR1

24 Vac COM 24 VAC COM

24 Vac

HOT

2-10 VDC CONTROL – +

4

620 OHM RESISTOR

C7150B MIXEDAIR OR C7046A

DISCHARGEAIR SENSOR

+

– 0/2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

N

24 VAC HOT

SIGNAL OUTPUT

W7212 M7215

5

3

Page 134: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 128

W7212A used in single-stage cooling system with single enthalpy changeover and Honeywell actuator and time clock for occupancy

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE

WITH SINGLE-STAGE COOLING SYSTEMS OR SINGLE-STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS.

EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.

SEE WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR T7350 AND TB7220/TB8220.

TIME CLOCK IS AN OPTION TO USING OCCUPIED CONTACTS ON THE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT.

M13659A

S

1

2

3

2

+

4

5

4

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

COMMERCIALTHERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED FAN DELAY RELAY

N1

P1

T1

SR

SO

AQ

EF1

4

EF

3

5

2 1

TR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

TR1

24 Vac COM

24 Vac

HOT

– +

3

620 OHM RESISTOR

W7212

C7150B MIXEDAIR OR C7046A

DISCHARGEAIR SENSOR

+

– 0/2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

N

EXHAUST

FAN

L1 (HOT)

L2

F

1

2

3

4

5

+

~

MS7XXXHONEYWELLACTUATOR

5

6

6

Page 135: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

129 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7212A used in two-stage cooling system with Honeywell Series 72 Actuator and time clock for occupancy

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD

PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE THE EXTRA

LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN POWERED

BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR T7300 ONLY

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE

REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO

SR AND SR+ FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY. M13660A

1

2

3

4

2

6

7

USE THE FOLLOWING CONTACTS INSTEAD OF TIMER

FOR T7300, USE A1 AND A2 TERMINALS.

FOR T7350 USE AUX TERMINAL.

FOR TB7220 OR TB8220 USE A TERMINAL

THE TERMINALS ARE CONNECTED WHEN THERMOSTAT IS IN THE OCCUPIED MODE.

EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.

SEE WIRING DIAGRAMS FIGS 9 AND 10 FOR T7350 AND TB7220/TB8220.

TIME CLOCK IS AN OPTION TO USING OCCUPIED CONTACTS ON THE

COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT.

UNOCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300 OR T874THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

R

W2

RC

RH

G

X

W1

Y1

Y2

W2

OCCUPIED

4

6

COOL 2 Y2

FAN DELAY RELAY

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50 F SETPOINT

N1

P1

T1

SR

SO

AQ

EF1

4

EF

3

5

2 1

TR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

TR1

24 Vac COM

24 Vac

HOT

– +

2K 3

1K 1S

1S1

5 7

620 OHM RESISTOR

W7212

C7150B MIXEDAIR OR C7046A

DISCHARGEAIR SENSOR

+

– 0/2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

N

EXHAUST

FAN

L1 (HOT)

L2

S

+ C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

F

1

2

3

4

5

+

~

MS7XXXHONEYWELLACTUATOR

8

9

9

8

5

Page 136: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 130

W7212 controlling parallel-wired Honeywell Series 72 Actuators and time clock for occupancy

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS

AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ENSURE THAT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED TO HANDLE

THE LOAD OF ALL ACTUATORS.

USE THE FOLLOWING CONTACTS INSTEAD OF TIMER

FOR T7300, USE A1 AND A2 TERMINALS.

FOR T7350 USE AUX TERMINAL.

FOR TB7220 OR TB8220 USE A TERMINAL

THE TERMINALS ARE CONNECTED WHEN

COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT IS IN THE OCCUPIED MODE.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR

SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND SR+ FOR DIFFERENTIAL

ENTHALPY.

EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE

LOGIC MODULE.

SEE WIRING DIAGRAMS FIGS 9 AND 10 FOR T7350

AND TB7220/TB8220.

TIME CLOCK IS AN OPTION TO USING OCCUPIED CONTACTS

ON THE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT.

M13661

1

2

3

4

5

ST6008TIMER

1

2

L1

(HOT)

L2

L1

(HOT)

L2

L1

(HOT)

L2

FDR

FDR

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

COMMERCIALTHERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

W2

3

FAN DELAY RELAY

S

+ C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

N1

P1

T1

SR

SO

AQ

EF1

4

EF

3

5

2 1

TR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

TR1

24 Vac COM

24 Vac

HOT

– +

4

5 620 OHM RESISTOR

W7212

C7150B MIXEDAIR OR C7046A

DISCHARGEAIR SENSOR

+

– 0/2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

N

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

1

EXHAUST

FAN

L1 (HOT)

L2

F

1

2

3

4

5

+

~

MS7XXXHONEYWELLACTUATOR

F

1

2

3

4

5

+

~

MS7XXXHONEYWELLACTUATOR

6

7

6

7

Page 137: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

131 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7213, W7214 controlling heat pump system

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

EF AND EF1 ARE DRY CONTACTS IN THE LOGIC MODULE.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A

C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND SR+ FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T7300 TERMINALS A2 AND A3 ARE CONNECTED WHEN THERMOSTAT IS IN THE UNOCCUPIED MODE.

SEE T7350 AND TB7220/TB8220 WIRING.

W7213: B TERMINAL

W7214: O TERMINALM19618D

1

2

3

4

5

4

5

5

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COOL 1

COOL 2

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

T7300THERMOSTAT

1

C

G

W1

Y1

Y2

R

W2

RC

G

X

O O

W1

RH

Y1

Y2

A3

A2

W2

S

+ C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

O

P1

T1

SR

SO

AQ

EF1

5

EF

3

4

2 1

TR

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

P

T

N

AQ1

SO+

SR+

TR1

24 Vac COM

24 Vac

HOT

– +

3 2

620 OHM RESISTOR

W7214

C7150B DISCHARGEAIR SENSOR

+

– 0/2-10 VDC

INDOOR AIR

SENSOR

EXHAUST

FAN

L1 (HOT)

L2

F

1

2

3

4

5

+

~

MS7XXXHONEYWELLACTUATOR

Page 138: Honeywell Economizers

Section 8 - W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 132

Representative locations of connected economizer system devices

DISCHARGE

AIR SENSOR

C7046A DIRECT

EXPANSION

COIL

ENTHALPY

SENSOR

C7232

ENTHALPY

SENSOR

RETURN AIR

OUTDOOR

AIR

C7150B

MIXED AIR SENSOR

COMMERCIAL

THERMOSTAT

FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY, THE TWO C7400

ENTHALPY SENSORS ARE CONNECTED TO THE

ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE—ONE

IS MOUNTED IN RETURN AIR, AND THE OTHER IS

MOUNTED IN OUTDOOR AIR.

USE EITHER MIXED AIR SENSOR OR DISCHARGE

AIR SENSOR, NOT BOTH.

M19547C

1

1

1

2

2

2

HONEYWELL ACTUATOR

W7212, W7213, W7214

DCV

SENSOR

EXHAUST AIR

DISCHARGE

AIR

INDOOR

FAN

EXHAUST

FAN

C7400

C7400

Page 139: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

133 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

Page 140: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 134

W7340 Economizer System Components

M13836

DAMPER

RETURN AIR

FROM ROOM

SUPPLY

AIR TO

BUILDING

MIXED AIR

SENSORFAN COILS

W7340 ECONOMIZER

CONTROLLER

WITH DEMAND

CONTROL

VENTILATION

C7632 ROOM

CARBON DIOXIDE

SENSOR

OEM MODBUS

CONTROLLER

S

+

S

+

OUTSIDE

AIR SENSOR

EXHAUST

AIR

RETURN AIR

SENSOR

Page 141: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

135 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Representative Locations of Connected W7340 Economizer System Devices

Representative Locations of Connected W7345 Economizer System Devices

10K NTC

DISCHARGE

AIR SENSOR

DIRECT

EXPANSION

COIL

C7400

C7232

ENTHALPY

SENSOR

C7400

ENTHALPY

SENSOR

RETURN AIR

OUTDOOR

AIR

10K

NTC

MIXED AIRSENSOR

FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY, THE TWO C7400 ENTHALPY SENSORS

ARE CONNECTED TO THE ECONOMIZER MODULE—ONE IS MOUNTED

IN THE RETURN AIR DUCT, AND THE OTHER IS MOUNTED IN THE

OUTDOOR AIR DUCT. DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY CONTROL PROVIDES

GREATER ENERGY SAVINGS THAN SINGLE ENTHALPY CONTROL.

USE EITHER MIXED AIR SENSOR OR DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR, NOT BOTH.

A C7600 HUMIDITY SENSOR, USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A 10K NTC

TEMPERATURE SENSOR CAN BE USED INSTEAD OF A C7400 ENTHALPY SENSOR.

FOR DRY BULB CONTROL, USE ONLY A 10K NTC TEMPERATURE SENSOR.M22814

INDOOR

AIR CO2

SENSOR

MODBUS

EXHAUST AIR

DISCHARGE

AIR

INDOOR

FAN

EXHAUST

FAN

M7215 MOTORWITH W7340

ECONOMIZERLOGIC MODULE

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

1

3

10K NTC

DISCHARGE

AIR SENSOR

DIRECT

EXPANSION

COIL

RETURN AIR

OUTDOOR

AIR

10K

NTC

MIXED AIRSENSOR

USE EITHER MIXED AIR SENSOR OR DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR, NOT BOTH. M22822

MODBUS

EXHAUST AIR

DISCHARGE

AIR

INDOOR

FAN

EXHAUST

FAN

M7215 MOTORWITH W7345

ECONOMIZERLOGIC MODULE

1

1

1

1

Page 142: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 136

W7340 and W7345 ComponentsThe W7340 is a full enthalpy economizer used in an OEM unit to provide a totally integrated control system.

The W7345 provides temperature (OAT) control only; it does not have an option for a RAT, DCV sensor or exhaust control.

The W7340, when wired as shown below responds to a signal from a modified Modbus command. This system uses C7400 Solid State Enthalpy Changeover Sensor(s). The C7400 Enthalpy Sensors respond to both dry

bulb temperature and humidity, allowing use of outdoor air at higher temperatures for free cooling when humidity is low.

The logic module functions as a first stage of cooling and provides maximum energy savings during the cooling cycle. The logic module automatically locks out free cooling during heating and holds the outdoor air damper at the DCV minimum setting.

Table 1 details the input/output (I/O) logic of the W7340. The logic module energizes the Unit Control and Indoor Fan contacts, and operates according to Table 1.

Table 1. W7340 Economizer I/O Logic.Inputs Outputs

DCV Enthalpya

Y1b Y2b Compressor

Damper Outdoor Return Stage 1 Stage 2 Below set High Low On On On On Minimum position

On Off On Off Low High On On On Off Modulatingc

On Off Off Off Above set High Low On On On On Modulatingd

On Off On Off Low High On On On Off Modulatinge

On Off Off Offa For single enthalpy control, the module compares outdoor enthalpy to the ABCDE setpoint.b If both stages of cooling are off, the system is off and the damper is:

— At DCV minimum position if DCV is below setpoint.— Modulating if DCV is above setpoint.

c Modulation based on mixed air sensor signal, modulating between DCV minimum position and 100% open.d Modulation based on DCV signal, limited by minimum position.e Modulation based on the greater of the DCV and mixed air sensor signals.

Page 143: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

137 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7340 Typical Wiring

W7345 Typical Wiring

P1

TR

1

TR1

24 VAC

TR

TR

P

EX

F

M23875

PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

OPTIONAL REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER.

WHEN USING C7400 ENTHALPY SENSORS, CONNECT THE ENTHALPY SENSOR TO THE

HUMIDITY SENSOR TERMINALS. LEAVE THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR TERMINALS EMPTY.

1

2

3

3

3

3 3

2

R

B W

CCWOPEN

MOD

BUS

CWCLOSE

S963B

M7215

W7340

2-10 VdcFEEDBACKOUTPUT

2-10 VdcCONTROL SIGNAL INPUT

2-10 VdcFEEDBACKINPUT

MIN POS/DCV MIN

DCV SETPOINT

2-10 VdcCONTROL SIGNAL OUTPUT

POWEREXHAUSTCONTACTOR

MIXED AIR TEMPSENSOR10K NTC

OUTDOORAIR TEMPSENSOR10K NTC

RETURNAIR TEMPSENSOR10K NTC

C7600COUTDOORAIRHUMIDITY

C7600CRETURNAIRHUMIDITY

DCV SENSOR(0-10 Vdc)

MA

T

OA

H

OA

T

RA

T

RA

H

DC

V

A E

B

C

+ –+ –

+ – + – + –

+–

MOD BUS –

MOD BUS +

1–

24 VACL1

L2+

D

P1

TR

1

TR1

24 VAC

TR

TR

P

MOD BUS –

MOD BUS +

M23876

PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

OPTIONAL REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER.

1

1

2

2

R

B W

–24 VAC

L1

L2+

CCWOPEN

MOD

BUS

CWCLOSE

S963B

M7215

W7345

MINIMUMPOSITION

MIXED AIR TEMPSENSOR10K NTC

MA

T

+–

A E

B

C

D

Page 144: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 138

W7340 onlyTo measure enthalpy, the logic module accepts signals from either:• C7600C Humidity and 10K NTC

temperature sensors.• or a C7400 Enthalpy Sensor.• OR from the OEM controller vis a modified

Modbus communications link.

When using C7400 Enthalpy Sensors; connect the enthalpy sensors to the humidity sensor terminals; leave the temperature sensor terminals empty.• Use C7400A sensor with W7340A or

W7340B. • Use a C7400C sensor with W7340C.

The local method (changing configuration from Modbus) of configuring the Economizer for enthalpy or humidity sensors is:• Short out the external minimum damper

position terminals during the first three seconds after boot-up will cause the LED to go solid on within 5 seconds.

• Maintain the short for another 5 seconds will cause LED to flash quick pulses, indicating the type of configuration.

• 2 pulses between off periods indicates the Economizer is configured for Humidity sensors. 3 pulses means it is configured for Enthalpy sensors.

The configuration can be toggled between Humidity and Enthalpy by releasing the short for approximately 5 seconds, until the LED goes solid again, and then reapplying the short for another 5 seconds.

The toggling is indicated by the new LED flash sequence. This can be performed as many times as desired, and the most recent configuration will be saved when the short is removed for over 10 seconds.

Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) Sensor Input (W7340 only)The DCV sensor can be any sensor that provides a 2-10 Vdc output over a range of 500 to 1500 ppm of CO2. The DCV signal modulates the outdoor damper to provide ventilation based on occupancy.

The W7340A and B modules do not have the ability to set the outdoor air damper to a maximum position for DCV, they incorporate a minimum position setting that defaults to 20% but can be overridden using the on-board pot or the modified Modbus communication link to a maximum of 50% open.

The maximum position sets the damper position to a position that the damper goes to if the CO2 sensor fails. If the minimum position set point is higher than the DCV maximum position, on sensor failure, the damper goes to the higher of the two of DCV maximum and minimum position setting.

There is no limit on the damper position on a call from the CO2 sensor (DCV). It can go 100% open.

The W7340C DCV economizer logic module has the ability to set DCV minimum damper and minimum position. The DCV minimum position is set to ventilate the building contaminants and the minimum position is set to ventilate for the building contaminants and the building occupants. The installer sets the damper DCV minimum position and the minimum position based on the design occupancy and cfm of outdoor air requirements for the space. The damper will modulate open between the DCV minimum damper position and the minimum position based on input from a CO2 sensor. The damper will not drive 100% open on a call for ventilation, but can drive 100% open on a call for cooling. If the CO2 sensor fails the damper

Page 145: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

139 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

will drive to the minimum position ventilating for building contaminants and the building occupants.

The W7340C does not have a separate potentiometer to select the new DCV minimum damper position. The following procedure allows the installer to set the new DCV minimum position.

DCV Minimum and Minimum Position Damper Set Up

Set up instructions for W7340C DCV damper positions:

1. Remove RAT sensor from RAT terminals.2. Connect CO2 sensor to DCV terminals.

3. Apply power to economizer logic module.4. Wait 10 to 15 seconds for the CO2 sensor

to initialize. Short RAT terminals.5. Remove CO2 sensor from DCV terminals.

6. DCV LED will blink 2 times. If LED does not blink, cut power to economizer logic and repeat steps 1-5.

7. Set DCV minimum position using MIN POS/DCV MIN potentiometer.

8. Remove RAT short.9. DCV minimum position is saved to

memory and DCV LED blinks 5 times.10. Turn off power to economizer logic

module.11. Connect RAT sensor.12. Turn power on to economizer logic

module.13. Set minimum position using MIN POS/

DCV MIN

IMPORTANTSteps 3-8 must be completed within 3 minutes after power up otherwise the configuration process will be termi-nated, no changes will be saved and you will need to repeat steps 1-13.

W7340 Demand Control Ventilation

The W7215 and W7212 have minimum position for the Building contaminants and DCV maximum for the total ventilation required by design.

The W7340C has different labels for the same functions. DCV minimum is the same as the W7212 minimum position and the minimum position for W7340C is the DCV maximum on the W7212.

It is VERY IMPORTANT to know the difference between the various suppliers equipment as what they are referring to in their control language.

Settings and Adjustment

W7345

Potentiometers located on the face of the W7345, provide adjustments for Minimum Damper Position parameters (see below).

DAMPER POSITION

CO2 LEVEL

100% OPEN

DCV MIN

POSITION

MIN POS

0% OPEN

450 PPM 800 PPM 2000 PPM

CO2 SENSOR ONLY

DCV ECONOMIZER FULL OCCUPANCY

DCV ECONOMIZER

NORMAL OPERATION WITHOUT DCV

CODE VENTILATION RATE

M23972

Page 146: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 140

Location of W7345 potentiometers and LED

W7340

Using the DCV potentiometer, the setpoint can be adjusted until three minutes after powering the device. Through the Modbus, the DCV setpoint can be modified at any time. If the DCV potentiometer is changed after the three minute power-up time, no change to the DCV setpoint will occur unless power is removed from the device then reapplied.

Location of W7340 potentiometers and LED

If the mixed air temperature drops to 45°F (7°C), the mixed air sensor overrides the DCV sensor and closes the damper to DCV minimum position to protect the hot or chilled water coils from freezing. When the mixed air temperature rises to 48°F (9°C), control reverts to normal operation.

Exhaust Setpoint (W7340 only)

The exhaust setpoint determines when the exhaust fan will run based on the damper position, this function is the same as the exhaust setpoint on the W7215 and W7212 except, as shipped from the factory, the W7340 uses an exhaust setpoint of 25%. When the damper position is greater than 25% open (from fully closed), the logic module calls for exhaust. When the damper position is below 22% open, the relay is de-energized.

The W7340C has an E curve in addition to the A, B, C and D curves. See the chart below showing location of E curve on Psychrometric chart.

P P1

MBUS-

MBUS+

TR1 24V COM

TR 24V AC

-

MIN POS/DVC MAX

OPEN

C

B

EA

STATUS LED

DRY BULB

CHANGEOVER

SETPOINT

MINIMUM

DAMPER

POSITION

M23877

D

MAT

OAT

RAT

P P1

+

-

+

-

ExF

MAT

OAH

OAT

RAT

RAH

DCV

2-10 VDCDAMPER

POSITION2-10 VDCDAMPER POSITION

OVERRIDE

MIN POS/DCV MIN

OPEN

DCVSETPOINT

1500500

STATUS LED

DEMAND

CONTROL

VENTILATION

SETPOINT

ENTHALPY

CHANGEOVER

SETPOINT

MIN POS/DCV

MIN DAMPER

POSITION

M23878

MBUS-

MBUS+

TR1 24V COM

TR 24V AC

C

B

EA

D

+_

+_

Page 147: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

141 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7340 Performance Characteristics for Enthalpy Changeover Settings

CONTROL

CURVE

A

B

C

D

E

CONTROL POINT

APPROX. °F (°C)

AT 50% RH

73 (23)

70 (21)

67 (19)

63 (17)

55 (13)

12 14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

46

90

100

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

ENTHALP

Y—BTU

PER P

OUND DRY A

IR

85

(29)

90

(32)

95

(35)

100

(38)

105

(41)

110

(43)

35

(2)

35

(2)

40

(4)

40

(4)

105

(41)

110

(43)

45

(7)

45

(7)

50

(10)

50

(10)

55

(13)

55

(13)

60

(16)

60

(16)

65

(18)

65

(18)

70

(21)

70

(21)

75

(24)

75

(24)

80

(27)

80

(27)

85

(29)

90

(32)

95

(35)

100

(38)

APPROXIMATE DRY BULB TEMPERATURE— °F (°C)

A

A

B

B

C

C

D

D

M23879A

RELA

TIVE

HUM

IDIT

Y (%

)

1

1

HIGH LIMIT CURVE FOR W7210D, W7212, W7213, W7214, W7340C.

E

E

Page 148: Honeywell Economizers

Section 9 - W7340 and W7345 Economizer Module

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 142

Wiring for W7340 and W7345

W7340 Typical Wiring

W7345 Typical Wiring.

P1

TR

1

TR1

24 VAC

TR

TR

P

EX

F

M23875

PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

OPTIONAL REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER.

WHEN USING C7400 ENTHALPY SENSORS, CONNECT THE ENTHALPY SENSOR TO THE

HUMIDITY SENSOR TERMINALS. LEAVE THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR TERMINALS EMPTY.

1

2

3

3

3

3 3

2

R

B W

CCWOPEN

MOD

BUS

CWCLOSE

S963B

M7215

W7340

2-10 VdcFEEDBACKOUTPUT

2-10 VdcCONTROL SIGNAL INPUT

2-10 VdcFEEDBACKINPUT

MIN POS/DCV MIN

DCV SETPOINT

2-10 VdcCONTROL SIGNAL OUTPUT

POWEREXHAUSTCONTACTOR

MIXED AIR TEMPSENSOR10K NTC

OUTDOORAIR TEMPSENSOR10K NTC

RETURNAIR TEMPSENSOR10K NTC

C7600COUTDOORAIRHUMIDITY

C7600CRETURNAIRHUMIDITY

DCV SENSOR(0-10 Vdc)

MA

T

OA

H

OA

T

RA

T

RA

H

DC

V

A E

B

C

+ –+ –

+ – + – + –

+–

MOD BUS –

MOD BUS +

1–

24 VACL1

L2+

D

P1

TR

1

TR1

24 VAC

TR

TR

P

MOD BUS –

MOD BUS +

M23876

PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

OPTIONAL REMOTE MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER.

1

1

2

2

R

B W

–24 VAC

L1

L2+

CCWOPEN

MOD

BUS

CWCLOSE

S963B

M7215

W7345

MINIMUMPOSITION

MIXED AIR TEMPSENSOR10K NTC

MA

T

+–

A E

B

C

D

Page 149: Honeywell Economizers

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

143 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

C7400

C7632

C7046

Carbon Dioxide

Temperature

Enthalpy

C7650 C7150

C7232

C7242

Page 150: Honeywell Economizers

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 144

Sensor Features

Sensor Series Type of Sensor Application Comments

Specific Product Number

C7046 Temperature Discharge Air C7046A1004C7046A1038

C7150 Temperature Mixed Air C7150B1004OEM C7150B1012OEM C7150B1020For Use with W957F C7150B1038

C7400 Enthalpy Sensor Enthalpy Changeover C7400A1004OEM C7400A1012OEM C7400A1038OEM C7400A1046

C7650 Temperature Dry Bulb Changeover C7650A1001OEM C7650A1027

C7242 Carbon Dioxide Indoor Wall Mount Display, Relay Output C7242A1030Indoor Wall Mount No Display, Relay Output C7242A1048Indoor Wall Mount Display C7242A1014Indoor Wall Mount No Display C7242A1022Duct Mount Display C7242B1012Duct Mount No Display C7242B1020Portable Display, Batteries C7242C1002Wall Mount Display C7242D1000Duct Mount Display C7242D1018Outside Air C7242E1007

C7232 Indoor Wall Module Display, Relay Output C7232A1008Indoor Wall Module No Display, Relay Output C7232A1016Indoor Wall Mount Display, No Honeywell Logo,

Relay OutputC7232A1024

Indoor Wall Mount No Display, No Honeywell Logo, Relay Output

C7232A1032

Duct Mount Display C7232B1006Duct Mount No Display C7232B1014Duct Mount Display, No Honeywell Logo C7232B1022Duct Mount No Display, No Honeywell

LogoC7232B1030

C7632 Wall Mount No Display, No Adjustment Settings

C7632A1004

Duct Mount No Display, No Adjustment Settings

C7632B1002

Page 151: Honeywell Economizers

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

145 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Type of Sensors for EconomizerThe C7400 enthalpy sensor combines temperature and humidity measurements into a single device. The output is 4 to 20 mA. All sensing elements are solid state electronics which have been determined to be durable over more than fifteen years of usage. There are no setpoints on the sensor since all adjustments are done on the control module.

In some dry, arid climates it may be sufficient to use a dry bulb sensor in place of a C7400 enthalpy sensor to achieve significant savings. The output of the sensor has large dead bands and should only be used in climates where the RH never gets above 5%. The C7650 solid state temperature sensor is used in these applications. The output is 10 to 20 mA. It should not be used with the H705 or the W7459D, W6210D or W7210D advanced economizer modules.

The W7459, W6210, W7210, W6215 and W7215 modules are all provided with sensor connections for either a mixed or supply air sensor to modulate the mixed air dampers. Either the C7046A or C7150B can be used for this function since the resistance curves for both are identical. The C7046A is 8 inches (20 cm) long which makes it a better selection for larger air handlers than the single point C7150B. When installing the C7150B use a simple smoke bomb to determine air flow and locate the sensor in a location where the OA and RA have the best mix. Do not use a smoke bomb in an occupied building.

The DCV economizer modules W6215A, W7212, W7340B, W7215A and W7460A can be used with any indoor air content sensor with a 0 or 2 to 10 Vdc output. The W7460B and W7215B are equipped with provisions for indoor and outdoor air content sensors. For most indoor applications Honeywell C7232, C7632 or C7242 carbon dioxide sensors will be used. They are available in either wall or duct mount versions with or without display.

C7400 Enthalpy

C7650 Temperature

C7046 Temperature

C7150 Temperature

C7242 Carbon Dioxide C7632

Page 152: Honeywell Economizers

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 146

C7650 Temperature Sensor

The setpoint dial on the logic modules is labelled A, B, C and D to correspond to various levels on the psychrometric chart on page 52. If the C7650 temperature sensor is used in place of the C7400 enthalpy sensor, the setpoints change to the settings indicated on the chart above. Example: When the B setpoint is chosen, the module will open the

outside air damper at approximately 72°F (22°C) when the temperature is decreasing and will close the damper to minimum position and turn on the compressor at 82°F (28°C) when the temperature is increasing.

NOTE: The temperature has to drop below 72°F (22°C) before the economizer will open the damper for free cooling.

C7650 SETPOINT CHART THE SETPOINT LINES ON THE CHART ARE AN INDICATION OF OUTSIDE DRY

BULB TEMPERATURES AT WHICH SWITCHING OF THE DAMPERS FROM

RETURN AIR TO OUTSIDE AIR OCCURS. IT IS INDICATED ON THE W7459

MODULE BY THE FREE COOLING LIGHT.

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 DEG. F 50 55

16 18 21 24 27 29 32 35 38 10 13 DEG. C

40 45

4 7

LIGHT ON

LIGHT OFF

LIGHT ON

LIGHT OFF

LIGHT ON

LIGHT OFF

LIGHT ON

LIGHT OFF

D SETPOINT DEADBAND

C SETPOINT DEADBAND

A SETPOINT DEADBAND

B SETPOINT DEADBAND

mA OUTPUT

M25284

Page 153: Honeywell Economizers

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

147 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

C7150 and C7046 Mixed and Supply Air Sensors

This chart is for the C7046A or C7150B supply or mixed air sensors designed to be used with all of the economizer logic modules. These sensors have negative temperature

coefficients, as the ambient temperature at the sensor increases, the resistance of the sensor decreases. It changes 70 ohms in resistance for every 1°F (0.6°C) change in temperature.

C7046A 3,000 OHM MIXED AIR OR SUPPLY AIR SENSOR

C7150B 3,000 OHM MIXED AIR OR SUPPLY AIR SENSOR

60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

OHMS

3000 OHMS at 77 DEG. F (25 C)

DEG. F

5000

4800

4600

3800

4000

4200

4400

3400

3200

2600

2800

3000

2400

3600

2200

1400

1600

1800

2000

5400

5200

5600

6000

5800

6200

50 55

16 18 10 13 DEG. C

M25285

21 24 27 29 32 35 38

Page 154: Honeywell Economizers

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 148

Mixed or Supply Air Sensor Control Sequence

The control sequence for the sensor connected to the mixed or supply (discharge) air temperature terminals on all of the economizer modules is basically the same. The dampers remain at the minimum position until there is a call for cooling from the commercial thermostat. If the mixed or supply air temperature is below the lower end of the setpoint range of 50°F (10°C) the outside air dampers will remain at minimum. If the

measured temperature is within the range of 50 to 56°F (10 to 13.3 °C) the outside dampers will not be modulated open or closed. If the mixed air temperature is above 56°F (13.3°C) the outside air dampers will be modulated open until the temperature is within the range or the dampers are full open. If the enthalpy of the outside air is too high, the outside air dampers will be returned to minimum.

M23926

TR TR1

A

B C

D

SO

SR

+

+

5

2

4

T1

P1

1

3

T

P

MINIMUM POSITION

OPEN

C7150 OR C7046

MIXED OR SUPPLY

AIR SENSOR

MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE

60˚F (15.5 C)

59˚F (15 C)

58˚F (14.4 C)

57˚F (14 C)

56˚F (13.3 C)

55˚F (12.8 C)

54˚F (12.2 C)

53˚F (11.7 C)

52˚F (11.1 C)

51˚F (10.6 C)

50˚F (10 C)

W7459

OUTSIDE AIR

DAMPERS FULL

OPEN UNLESS

CLOSED TO

MINIMUM WITH

ENTHALPY

CONTROLLER

OUTSIDE AIR

DAMPERS IN

HOLD WHEN

MIXED AIR

TEMPERATURE

IS BETWEEN

50.5˚FAND 55.5˚F

(10 AND 13 C).

OUTSIDE AIR

DAMPERS AT

MINIMUM POSITION

Page 155: Honeywell Economizers

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

149 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Carbon Dioxide Sensor

Honeywell C7632 Carbon Dioxide Sensor

Carbon dioxide (CO2) is frequently used as the sensor for demand ventilation control. People exhale CO2 as they breathe. If there is a large number of people in a space the level of CO2 will increase. When a CO2 sensor is installed in the space, a signal is sent to the air handler mixed air control which modulates the outside air dampers. The required ventilation

volume for a room increases when occupancy increases. When people leave the space, CO2 levels will decrease and the outside air dampers close to a more economical setting. Ventilation cost can be controlled by using CO2 sensing in addition to economizer functions.

An indoor air quality analysis should be done to evaluate the air quality in a building. Analysis of all compounds in addition to carbon dioxide is required to evaluate the overall healthiness of a building. Contaminants, such as volatile organic compounds, are not detected with a CO2 sensor. Complex electronic equipment is required to fully test for the presence of all the various compounds which may be in the air supply. CO2 sensor based ventilation control is a modern enhancement to economizer control circuits, not a substitute for a total professional air quality evaluation of a building.

If you have a building with a high concentration of a gas other than CO2, consider using the IAQP ventilation method but always consult a professional trained in control of gases.

Page 156: Honeywell Economizers

Section 10 - Sensors for Economizer Modules

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 150

Page 157: Honeywell Economizers

Section 11 - Checkout

151 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 11 - CheckoutHoneywell has a checkout procedure for every economizer logic module. The checkout procedures are listed in the back of the product data sheet shipped with every economizer or can be found at customer.honeywell.com.

On the bottom right part of the home page (see figure shown at the left) you will find the Literature/Image Search box. Type in your Honeywell Order Specification number (W7212) and click on the red arrow. All the literature associated with the model will appear. For checkout procedures select a document with “Product Data” listed in the Type column (see image below). The checkout section is located at the back of the document.

Page 158: Honeywell Economizers

Section 11 - Checkout

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 152

Standard Checkout Procedure

Checkout W7212

To checkout the operation of the W7212, W7213 or W7214:1. Remove the MAT or DAT sensor from

T-T1.2. Remove the jumper from P-P1 and place

it on T-T1.3. Remove the OAT and RAT sensors from

SO and SO+ and SR and SR+.4. Place a 620 ohm resistor across SO and

SO+ and a 620 ohm resistor across SR and SR+.

5. Connect the actuator to the + and -.

6. Provide 24 Vac to TR and TR17. Provide 24 Vac hot to terminal 1.8. The motor will drive open.9. Remove the 24 Vac from TR and TR1 and

the motor should drive close.

If using a Honeywell DCA, the + on the logic module will be connected to 3 and does not need to be connected to – since the actuators are internally connected to ground.

If using two transformers make sure the transformers are tied to the same COM and are from the same power source.

When the first line of a procedure states: “Execute step one. Checkout Preparation.” this directs you to reset the logic module to the initial checkout mode before proceeding.

620 OHM 1/4W

RESISTOR

REMOVE

JUMPER P-P1

JUMPER T-T1

M23971

N1

P1

T1

B

A

SR

SO

AQ

C

D

FreeCool

EXH

IAQ

EXH

Set

IAQ

Max

IAQ

MIN

MinPos

Open

P

T

AQ1

SO+

SR+

N

EF1

5

2

24

VAC

COM

TR1

24

VAC

HOT

TR

4

EF

1

+

3

24 VAC POWER

0-10 VDC OUT

TO ACTUATOR

24 VAC POWER

(HOT) TO 1

Page 159: Honeywell Economizers

Section 11 - Checkout

153 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Check out C7400 with W7459, W7210 and W7212: You can check if the C7400 is within the RH and temperature range with the W7459, W7210 or W7212 logic modules by the following method.• Make sure the sensors are all connected to

the logic module.• To check the return air C7400 sensor on Sr

and Sr+: Measure the voltage across Sr and Ground.

• To check the outdoor air C7400 sensor on So and So+: Measure the voltage across So and Ground.

• You must have an accurate reading of the temperature and humidity.

• Find the line on the chart on this slide for return air C7400 sensor that corresponds to the voltage you read across Sr and ground. It should intersect with the humidity and temperature of your conditions.

• There is a ± 0.3 Vdc range for the sensor accuracy and above 90% RH the accuracy changes to ± 0.4Vdc.

The lines and chart for the So C7400 sensor are slightly different. The reason is for a differential of the sensor inputs to the logic modules for a choice between the two sensors for differential enthalpy. To assure accuracy in reading these charts, which are small, a table is provided on the following page for ease of use.

40

(4)

50

(10) (21)

80

(27) (32)

10

90

80

PERCENT

RELATIVE

HUMIDITY

60

(16)

70 90 100

(38)

70

60

50

40

30

20

TEMPERATURE ºF (ºC)

C7400 SO AND GND VDC

1.0 VDC

1.5 VDC

4.4 VDC3.9 VDC3.4 VDC

2.4 VDC

2.9 VDC

1.9 VDC

4.9 VDC

+/- .4VDC

>90% RH

4181614 12 10 8 620

SO C7400 CHECK

+/- .3VDC

<90% RH

M23991

40

(4)

50

(10) (21)

80

(27) (32)

10

90

80

PERCENT

RELATIVE

HUMIDITY

60

(16)

70 90 100

(38)

70

60

50

40

30

20

TEMPERATURE ºF (ºC)

C7400 SR AND GND VDC

1.0 VDC

1.5 VDC

4.6 VDC4.1 VDC3.6 VDC

2.6 VDC

3.1 VDC

2.0 VDC

5.1 VDC

+/- .4VDC

>90% RH4181614 12 10 8 620

SR C7400 CHECK

+/- .3VDC

<90% RH

M23990

Page 160: Honeywell Economizers

Section 11 - Checkout

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 154

NOTE: The accuracy of the sensors used to measure the temperature and humidity of the environment needs to be considered. If you are close to the measurements your C7400 sensor is probably working.

SO Vdc measured between SO and GND<90% RHmA curve 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

Low (-.3 Vdc) 0.672 1.158 1.644 2.13 2.616 3.102 3.588 4.074 4.56Nominal 0.972 1.458 1.944 2.43 2.916 3.402 3.888 4.374 4.86High (+.3 Vdc) 1.272 1.758 2.244 2.73 3.216 3.702 4.188 4.674 5.16

> 90% RHmA curve 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

Low (-.4 Vdc) 0.572 1.058 1.544 2.03 2.516 3.002 3.488 3.974 4.46Nominal 0.972 1.458 1.944 2.43 2.916 3.402 3.888 4.374 4.86High (+.4 Vdc) 1.372 1.858 2.344 2.83 3.316 3.802 4.288 4.774 5.26

SR Vdc measured between Sr and GND<90% RHmA curve 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

Low (-.3 Vdc) 0.72 1.23 1.74 2.25 2.76 3.27 3.78 4.29 4.8Nominal 1.02 1.53 2.04 2.55 3.06 3.57 4.08 4.59 5.1High (+.3 Vdc) 1.32 1.83 2.34 2.85 3.36 3.87 4.38 4.89 5.4

> 90% RHmA curve 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

Low (-.4 Vdc) 0.62 1.13 1.64 2.15 2.66 3.17 3.68 4.19 4.7Nominal 1.02 1.53 2.04 2.55 3.06 3.57 4.08 4.59 5.1High (+.4 Vdc) 1.42 1.93 2.44 2.95 3.46 3.97 4.48 4.99 5.5

Page 161: Honeywell Economizers

Section 12 - Simulator for W7212

155 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 12 - Simulator for W7212

Page 162: Honeywell Economizers

Section 12 - Simulator for W7212

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 156

Honeywell created a simulator to help teach users how the product functions. The program is a 10.5 MB file that can be easily loaded onto your computer desk top. In addition there is a power point presentation that can also be downloaded from the same web page to guide you on how to use the simulator.

On the picture shown below all of the white arrows are inputs to the economizer logic from sensors or a commercial thermostat. All of the red arrows denote changes (potentiometers) or settings that can be made by the user. And the black arrows are out puts of the logic module to the actuator to change the damper position or to the stages of mechanical cooling equipment and exhaust fan.

To download the program:

Go to http://customer.honeywell.com. From the home page, select Applications and Downloads from the drop down menu under the PRODUCTS tab. Or you can click on the PRODUCTS tab, and then click on APPLICATIONS and DOWNLOADS in the

second row of tabs. Once you are on this page, scroll down to the Economizer logic module picture and heading. Click on the picture or “View Details” to go to the download page. Follow the instruction on the web page to download the desired file.

M23992

Page 163: Honeywell Economizers

Section 13 – Economizer Savings Estimator

157 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 13 – Economizer Savings Estimator

Page 164: Honeywell Economizers

Section 13 – Economizer Savings Estimator

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 158

Honeywell has an easy to use savings estimation software that was designed by independent consulting Energy Engineers. The software allows the user to input information about the equipment on a building, type of control, occupancy schedule, cost of adding various economizer and DCV options and demand and electrical charges. With the simple click of the mouse, the software will print an estimation of the electrical and gas usage in the building and will estimate the savings and payback for the upgrade options the user has chosen.

You can choose the default settings for a building type or set your own occupancy schedule and control set points for the buildings.

To download the program:

Go to http://customer.honeywell.com. From the home page, select Applications and Downloads from the drop down menu under the PRODUCTS tab. Or you can click on the PRODUCTS tab, and then click on APPLICATIONS and DOWNLOADS in the second row of tabs. Once you are on this page, scroll down to the Economizer logic module picture and heading. Click on the picture or “View Details” to go to the download page. Follow the instruction on the web page to download the desired file.

You can choose to download all weather files for the US, Canada and California climate zones or just the files you need for your region.

The savings is based on 100 years of weather data from 1900 to 2000.

Make sure you update the cost of electricity and demand charges in your region. The current software and estimations are based on 2000 energy costs. The savings estimator evaluates the operating costs, cost savings, and payback period associated with alternate control strategies or a limited number of prototypical buildings. The program performs hourly calculations with fairly detail models of the building and equipment in order to determine the gas energy, electrical energy, and electrical demand costs. This program is not useful as an energy audit tool for a specific building. However, it does allow the user to study the impact of the following variables:• Climate• Building size• Occupancy schedule• Utility rates• Equipment type and efficiency• Cost of controls

The actual costs form this program could differ significantly from those for a particular building due to differences in building specifications, equipment characterizes, specific yearly weather conditions, actual occupancy, etc. However, it is expected that the percentage cost savings associated with the alternative control strategies would be similar for similar building types.

For more detailed description of the data used to calculate the cost savings, click on the “Tools” tab at the top of the first screen of the Estimator and choose “Help”

Page 165: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

159 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

From Upgrade toHoneywell T7100, T7300, T7350, T7400 or competitive commercial or residential thermostats

Honeywell TB7220 or TB8220 commercial thermostats

Economizer control systems without integration of the first stage of cooling from the commercial thermostat.

Solid State Economizer Controller H705, W7212 or W7215 Economizer Logic moduleTwo C7400 enthalpy sensors.Choice of one C7150 mixed air or one C7046 supply air sensorNew motor/actuator to provide modulating control if replacement is needed.Optional C7232 or C7632 carbon dioxide sensor for demand control ventilation to maximize heating and cooling season energy cost savings.

Economizer controls such as the W859 with temperature based remote bulb controllers as the changeover devices.Economizer control systems with an electromechanical enthalpy based control such as the H205 as the changeover device.

Economizer control systems with single sensor enthalpy such as H705 or W7459.

Add second C7400 enthalpy sensor for differential enthalpy control and increased energy cost savings.

Economizer control systems without demand control of ventilation (DCV) or indoor air content sensors such as H705, W7459, or W6210 and W7210. Variable air volume air handlers without occupancy based demand control ventilation.

Enhances Economizer ControllerW7212 or W7215 economizers moduleTwo C7400 enthalpy sensors.Choice is one C7150 mixed air or one C7046 supply air sensor.New motor/actuator to provide modulating control if replacement is needed.C7232 or C7632 carbon dioxide sensor for demand control ventilation to maximize heating and cooling season energy cost savings.

Page 166: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 160

Before: Series 90 with Dry Bulb Changeover

Series 90 was widely used for fifty years as the primary form of electronic temperature control. Due to the durability of these devices there are many of them still in use on rooftop air handlers throughout the world. This is a typical configuration for a dry bulb economizer. The high limit is typically set at 70 or 75°F (21

or 24°C). A relay is used to switch the mixed air control circuit as the first stage of cooling to a minimum position when the outside air minimum position potentiometer provides ventilation by preventing full closure of the outside air dampers.

TRANSFORMER

T675 DRY BULB HIGH LIMIT CONTROL

MINIMUMPOSITIONCONTROL

MIXED AIR DAMPER MOTOR

T991 MIXED AIR CONTROL

COOLING COMMERCIAL THERMOSTAT

COOLINGCONTACTOR

RELAYRC

Y1

Y2

NC C NO

NC C NO

B

R

W

R

B

B

R

W

W R

T1

T2

L2

L1

(HOT)

M13847

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

L1

L2

T2

T1

60

100

140

120

80

40°F

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

OAT

Page 167: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

161 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Before: W859 Economizer With H205

The W859 is a combination of multiple control devices that is designed to be installed directly on top of a Mod III or IV Honeywell damper actuator. Included is a mixed air controller, transformer, relays for high limit switchover, minimum damper position and connections for a SPST outside air high limit.

The mixed air controller capillary extends from the case of the W859 to the mixed air section. The setpoint for the mixed air temperature is on the case.

The outside air changeover control is added during installation and can be either dry bulb or enthalpy depending on the application. Many of these were installed on rooftop units with the schematic illustrated above using a H205 enthalpy control as the switchover device. The H205 is an electromechanical enthalpy control with a nylon humidity element.

TRANSFORMER

H205

M945 DAMPER MOTOR

MIXED AIR

TEMPERATURE

CONTROLLER

W2

B

G

W1

Y1

Y2

1

W R B

BW R

T1

T2

L2

L1

(HOT)

M13848

W859D ECONOMIZER ASSEMBLY

1K1 1K2 2K1

W R B

MINIMUM POSITION

CONTROL

2 3

O

R

SYSTEM

SWITCH

COOL

AUTO

HEAT

FAN

SWITCHON

AUTO

T874/Q674 THERMOSTAT/SUBBASE

2ND STAGE HEAT

1ST STAGE HEAT

FAN

HIGH

SPEED

FAN STARTER

AUXILIARY CONTACT

COOLING

RELAY COILS

2K

1K

Page 168: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 162

After: W859 with H705

If the actuator is still usable, an H705 control can be installed in place of the T675 or H205. It can be either single sensor or differential enthalpy. The actuator and other wiring can be retained. If the actuator is defective or in need of replacement then refer to the wiring

diagrams in this manual for the W7212 or W7215. The selection of an actuator is dependent on the torque requirements. A M7415 motor can be used for low torque and a direct coupled or Mod IV damper actuator for medium or high torque applications.

TRANSFORMER

M945 DAMPER MOTOR

MIXED AIR

TEMPERATURE

CONTROLLER

W2

B

G

W1

Y1

Y2

W R B

BW R

T1

T2

L2

L1

(HOT)

M13849

W859D ECONOMIZER ASSEMBLY

1K1 1K2 2K1

W R B

MINIMUM POSITION

CONTROL

O

R

SYSTEM

SWITCH

COOL

AUTO

HEAT

FAN

SWITCHON

AUTO

T874/Q674 THERMOSTAT/SUBBASE

2ND STAGE HEAT

1ST STAGE HEAT

FAN

HIGH

SPEED

FAN STARTER

AUXILIARY CONTACT

COOLING

RELAY COILS

2K

1K

H705 ENTHALPY CONTROL

ENTHALPY DECREASE

321

SR

+

TR1

TR

3

1

TR1TR

A DOS

RS

CB

2

Page 169: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

163 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Before: W973 With H205 Control

The W973 is a sequencing panel for Single zone systems that can provide multiple modulating or two-position output stages of control plus a modulating economizer. A dry bulb high limit and a H205 enthalpy control were widely used in the economizer circuit. If

they are replaced with a solid state economizer controller, the actuator for the dampers can be retained or replaced. In the replacement illustration on the next page a direct coupled actuator is used.

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

3 4 2 5 1

T7067 THERMOSTAT

LOW O.A. AMBIENTCOMPRESSORLOCKOUT STAT(OPTIONAL)

W973 SINGLE ZONE PANEL

M13850

2 1HEAT

2 1COOL

MOD-HEAT

3 HEAT 3 COOL

MOD-COOLWH BH RH RC BC WC

SENSOR STAT 24 VAC ECONO

T1T

C +20 H N

TR TR W YB R3 4 2 5 1

MINIMUM POSITION CONTROL

W

R60

100

140

120

80

40°F

H205 ENTHALPY CONTROL

1 2 3

SERIES 90 MIXED AIRDAMPER ACTUATOR

W

R

B

T1

T2

24 VACTRANSFORMER

R W

COOL 3

COOL 1

COOL 2

COOLING

STAGES

Page 170: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 164

After: W973 with W7215 Economizer Module

Another option used widely in the field was to add a signal transducer on the economizer output of the W973. A signal is sent to a W7212 or W7215 to open the outside dampers if the enthalpy is suitable. The stages of cooling are sequenced through the W973 panel.

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

3 4 2 5 1

T7067 THERMOSTAT

LOW O.A. AMBIENTCOMPRESSORLOCKOUT STAT(OPTIONAL)

W973 SINGLE ZONE PANEL

M13851

2 1HEAT

2 1COOL

MOD-HEAT

3 HEAT 3 COOL

MOD-COOLWH BH RH RC BC WC

SENSOR STAT 24 VAC ECONO

T1T

C +20 H N

TR TR W YB R3 4 2 5 1

S

+

3

1 2

42K

1K

1S

24 VAC

TR HOT

TR1

COM

SO

SR

5

+

+

ML7275, ML7285MIXED AIRACTUATOR

W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RELAYS 1K AND 2K

ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR

ENTHALPY EXCEEDS

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY

C7400 OUTDOORENTHALPY SENSOR

S

+

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

_

500

500

0

30

609060

30

RED

BLACK

WHITE

C7400 RETURNENTHALPY SENSOR

24 VACTRANSFORMER

R W

COOL 3

24 VAC

COOLING

STAGES

COOL 2

COOL 1

Page 171: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

165 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7215 Module With W973 Panel and Signal Transducer

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

3 4 2 5 1

T7067 THERMOSTAT

LOW O.A. AMBIENTCOMPRESSORLOCKOUT STAT(OPTIONAL)

W973 SINGLE ZONE PANEL

M13852

2 1HEAT

2 1COOL

MOD-HEAT

3 HEAT 3 COOL

MOD-COOLWH BH RH RC BC WC

SENSOR STAT 24 VAC ECONO

T1T

C +20 H N

TR TR W YB R3 4 2 5 1

S

+

3

1 2

42K

1K

1S

24 VAC

TR HOT

TR1

COM

SO

SR

5

+

+

ML7275, ML7285MIXED AIRACTUATOR

W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RELAYS 1K AND 2K

ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR

ENTHALPY EXCEEDS

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY

C7400 OUTDOORENTHALPY SENSOR

S

+

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

_

500

500

0

30

609060

30

RED

BLACK

WHITE

C7400 RETURNENTHALPY SENSOR

24 VACTRANSFORMER

R W

COOL 3

24 VAC

COOLING

STAGES

COOL 2

COOL 1

TRANSDUCER+ _

24 VAC

24 VACTRANSFORMER

Page 172: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 166

Before: W7100 with H205 Economizer Control

The W7100 is a multiple stage supply air controller available as cooling only, heating only or heating and cooling. Modulating economizer and heat/cool outputs are also provided. The economizer output is sequenced at a setpoint slightly below the cooling stages for maximum efficiency. It is widely used for control of variable air volume air handlers. In this diagram a H205

economizer control is used to return the outside air dampers to minimum when the outdoor enthalpy is high. If a H705 is used the output wiring is identical. On the next page the H205 is replaced with a W7215 enhanced economizer module. You can also replace it with a W7212 economizer module using the wiring shown in the diagram.

GND

TR

TR

24 VAC

W

R

B

Y

ECONO

10

9

CHANGEVOER

8

7

6

# STAGES

RESET

T

T1SENSOR

P

P1

5

4

3

2

1SATELLITE

REMOTE

SETPOINT

CONTROL BAND

COOL

A

C

B1

2

3

4

5

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

6

°FSETPOINT

RESET

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

°F

°F

HEAT 5

1015

2020

30

40

40

45

55

65

75

85

50

50

60

60

70

70

80

80

90

2

4

6

810

12

14

16

W7100 SUPPLY AIR CONTROLLER

M955 MIXED AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR

B1W1 R1

T1

T2 60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

MINIMUM POSITIONCONTROL

W

R60

100

140

120

80

40°F

COOL 1

COOL 2

COOL 3

COOL 4

COOL 5

COOL 6

LOW O.A. AMBIENT COMPRESSORLOCKOUT STAT (OPTIONAL)

R W

24 VAC TRANSFORMER

STAGE

RESISTOR

H205 ENTHALPY CONTROL

1 2 3

24 VAC TRANSFORMER

24 VAC TRANSFORMER

M13853

C7100 SUPPLY AIR SENSOR

Page 173: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

167 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7215 Economizer Module with W7100 Controller

GND

TR

TR

24 VAC

W

R

B

Y

ECONO

10

9

CHANGEVOER

8

7

6

# STAGES

RESET

T

T1SENSOR

P

P1

5

4

3

2

1SATELLITE

REMOTE

SETPOINT

CONTROL BAND

COOL

A

C

B1

2

3

4

5

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

6

°FSETPOINT

RESET

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

°F

°F

HEAT 5

1015

2020

30

40

40

45

55

65

75

85

50

50

60

60

70

70

80

80

90

2

4

6

810

12

14

16

W7100 SUPPLY AIR CONTROLLER

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

COOL 1

COOL 2

COOL 3

COOL 4

COOL 5

COOL 6

LOW O.A. AMBIENT COMPRESSOR LOCKOUT STAT (OPTIONAL)

R W

24 VAC TRANSFORMER

STAGE

RESISTOR

RESISTOR TO

ELIMINATE

ECONOMIZER DELAY

24 VAC TRANSFORMER

M13854

C7100 SUPPLY AIR SENSOR

S

+

3

1 2

42K

1K

1S

24 VAC

TR HOT

TR1

COM

SO

SR

5

+

+

ML7275, ML7285MIXED AIR ACTUATOR

W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RELAYS 1K AND 2K

ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR

ENTHALPY EXCEEDS

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY

C7400 OUTDOORENTHALPY SENSOR

S

+

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

_

500

500

0

30

609060

30

RED

BLACK

WHITE

C7400 RETURNENTHALPY SENSOR

Page 174: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 168

After: W7100 and Signal Transducer with W7215 Module

GND

TR

TR

24 VAC

W

R

B

Y

ECONO

10

9

CHANGEVOER

8

7

6

# STAGES

RESET

T

T1SENSOR

P

P1

5

4

3

2

1SATELLITE

REMOTE

SETPOINT

CONTROL BAND

COOL

A

C

B1

2

3

4

5

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

6

°FSETPOINT

RESET

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

COOL

°F

°F

HEAT 5

1015

2020

30

40

40

45

55

65

75

85

50

50

60

60

70

70

80

80

90

2

4

6

810

12

14

16

W7100 SUPPLY AIR CONTROLLER

60 180

90

170

16

15

140

130120

110

100

F

80

70

COOL 1

COOL 2

COOL 3

COOL 4

COOL 5

COOL 6

LOW O.A. AMBIENT COMPRESSOR LOCKOUT STAT (OPTIONAL)

R W

24 VAC TRANSFORMER

STAGE

RESISTOR

24 VAC TRANSFORMER

M13855

C7100 SUPPLY AIR SENSOR

S

+

3

1 2

42K

1K

1S

24 VAC

TR HOT

TR1

COM

SO

SR

5

+

+

ML7275, ML7285MIXED AIR ACTUATOR

W7215 ECONOMIZER MODULE

RELAYS 1K AND 2K

ENERGIZE IF OUTDOOR

ENTHALPY EXCEEDS

RETURN AIR ENTHALPY

C7400 OUTDOORENTHALPY SENSOR

S

+

24 VAC

HOT

24 VAC

COM

+

_

500

500

0

30

609060

30

RED

BLACK

WHITE

C7400 RETURNENTHALPY SENSOR

TRANSDUCER+ _

24 VAC

TO POWER SUPPLY

TO POWER SUPPLY

Page 175: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

169 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

After: T775 Series 2000 Controller with the W7212 Module

The W7100 or W973 controllers may be replaced with a T775 series 2000 electronic controller directly. The series 2000 has from 1 to 12 output stages depending on the model. See the T775 product literature for details.

POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS

AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.

ACTUATOR SPRING-RETURNS CLOSED WHEN FAN

IS NOT RUNNING.

ENSURE THAT EQUIPMENT TRANSFORMER IS SIZED

TO HANDLE THE EXTRA LOAD OF THE ECONOMIZER

AND ACTUATOR.

1S IS AN ELECTRONIC SWITCH THAT CLOSES WHEN

POWERED BY A 24 VAC INPUT.

FOR THE ML7295A,C, USE THE 4-20 MA MODEL

ACTUATOR. THESE MODELS HAVE 500 OHM INPUT

IMPEDENCE THAT ALLOWS THE ACTUATOR TO

ACCEPT A 2-10 VDC SIGNAL.

FACTORY INSTALLED 620 OHM, 1 WATT, 5% RESISTOR SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY WHEN A C7400 ENTHALPY

SENSOR IS ADDED TO SR AND + FOR DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY.

T775 REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF THREE RELAY OUTPUTS: TWO FOR COOLING AND ONE FOR FAN CONTROL. M13845

P1P

T1

1

3 4

2

5

2K

S

1

2

3

4

TR TR1

SO

SR

+

+

W7215A

+

6

1K

4

5

T

6

7

5

1S

1S1

C7150B MIXEDAIR ORC7046A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR

620 OHM

RESISTOR

HONEYWELLSERIES 72ACTUATOR

(ML7275,ML7285,ML7295A,CM7275,M7285)

24 VAC HOT

24 VAC COM

MINIMUM POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

MAXIMUM

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

Q1Q

AQ1AQ

SD1

AC1

PG1

SD

AC

PG

FREE

COOL

UNIT

CONTROL

EXHAUST

FAN

INDOOR

FAN

+

Ð2-10 VDC

INDOOR

AIR SENSOR

SHUT DOWN

PURGE

AIR CHANGE

2-10V

OUT

++

ÐÐ

L1

(HOT)

L2

FAN

COOL 1

HVAC EQUIPMENTTERMINAL STRIP

1

2

G

Y1

R

C7400OUTDOORAIR ENTHALPY SENSOR

UNOCCUPIED

OCCUPIED

ST6008TIMER

3

COOL 2Y2

W

R

T6031 AMBIENT LOCKOUT CONTROL 50¡ F SETPOINT

C

7

T775 CONTROLLER

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NC

NO

C

NC

NO

C +

Page 176: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 170

How replace an H205 or Barber Colman TH2 Electromechanical Enthalpy control with an H705

Procedure

In general, a contractor can replace an electromechanical enthalpy control with an H705 by following these steps:1. Disconnect power from the HVAC

equipment.2. Remove access panel and locate the

electromechanical control.3. Remove the three wires from the control

and label them: yellow is terminal 1 and normally open; red is terminal 2 and common; blue is terminal 3 and normally closed.

4. Remove the electromechanical control.5. Connect the three wires to the SPDT

switch of the H705. The H705 terminal designation matches the H205 and the THC-2. Use 1/4 in. female quick connects to attach the three wires to the H705.

6. Install the H705 in the same location as the removed H205 or THC-2 if they were case and cover models. If non-case and cover models are being replaced, use the mounting bracket provided with the H705.

7. Install two wires from a 24 Vac power source to the TR and TR1 power terminals of the H705. The H705 draws only 5 VA, so a separate transformer should not be required. Use 1/4 in. female quick connects to attach the two power wires to the H705.

To add differential enthalpy;8. Locate a C7400 in the return air duct and

attach to duct work with sheet metal screws.

9. Connect two wires from the C7400 terminals SR and + to the terminals SR and + of the H705. Use 1/4 in. female quick connect to attach the wires to the H705 and C7400.

10. Re-apply power to the HVAC unit. 11. Reset or re-check the minimum position

and ventilation to make sure it meets code and the ventilation required for the space.

Page 177: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

171 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Economizer Systems Quick Selection Guide

a Enthalpy sensor. Use two for differential enthalpy and one for single enthalpy. For Dry Bulb only, use C7650 instead.b To operate a Series 90 motor, the W7210 and W7215 require a Q7230 interface module or the proper resistor combination

(included in the 4074EJM resistor kit), see form 63-2544 for details.

NOTE: Series 90 Mod Motors™ can be retrofit using W7210, W7212 or W7215 Economizer Logic Modules and a Q7230 or the proper resistor combination. Refer to form 63-2544 for details on using Economizer Logic Modules with Series 90 motors.

Motor Type Motor

Logic Module Sensors

Motor Type Motor

Logic Module Sensors

Foot Mount 25 lb-in. Torque

M7415 W7459A,D Enthalpy: C7400a with C7150

Temperature: C7650 with C7150

Foot Mount 25 lb-in. Torque

M7415 W7460 Enthalpy: C7400a with C7150

Temperature: C7650 with C7150

CO2: C7232 or C7632

M9175 H705 or W7210b

M7215 W7212/13/14

M9175 W7215b,W7212b, W7213/14

DCA44 lb-in. Torque

MS7505 W7210 DCA44 lb-in. Torque

MS7505 W7215

Foot Mount 60 lb-in. Torque

M7285M7286

W7210 Foot Mount 60 lb-in. Torque

M7285M7286

W7215, W7212, W7213/14

M9185M9186

H705, W7210b

M9185M9186

W7215, W7212b, W7213/14b

DCA88 lb-in. Torque

MS7510 W7210 DCA88 lb-in. Torque

MS7510 W7215, W7212, W7213/14

DCA175 lb-in. Torque

MS7520 W7210 DCA175 lb-in. Torque

MS7520 W7215, W7212, W7213/14

ECOMOMIZER SYSTEM SELECTION

INCLUDEDemand Control Ventilation

(DCV)?

YES (Advanced)

NO

(Standard)

M13300

Page 178: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 172

Logic Module Details

a The H705 includes a SPDT logic module and C7400 sensor (both affixed to the mounting plate).b Terminals B-B1 (W7213) for heat pump applications, terminals 0-01 (W7214) for heat pump applications.

Sensor Details

Cross ReferenceAny Honeywell economizer can be upgraded to use the latest economizer models with the added options of Demand Control Ventilation, exhaust fan set point, purge, air change,

outdoor air quality, or system shutdown. See below for cross reference and upgrade options for the economizer modules and sensors.

Model ISI OSI

Enthalpy High Limit

Exhaust Fan

Setpoint

Shutdown and Air Change Purge

Motors Controlled OS Number

Standard

H705a No No None None No No Series 90 H705A1003

W749 No No No None No No M7415 W7459A1001Yes W7459D1005

W7210 No No No None No Series 72 W7210A1001Yes W7210D1005

AdvancedW7212 Yes No No Yes No Series 72 W7212A1009

W7213/14b Yes No No Yes No Series 72 W7213A1008b

W7214A1007b

W7215 Yes No No Adjustable Yes Yes Series 72 W7215A1006Yes Fixed No W7215B1004

W7460 Yes No No Adjustable Yes Yes M7415 W7460A1008Yes Fixed No W7460B1006

Model Sensor of Details CommentsOS Number

No Display DisplayC7150 Temperature Discharge or

Mixed AirThermistor on board C7150B1004 —

C7400 Enthalpy Changeover — C7400A1004 —C7650 Dry Bulb

Temperature— C7650A1001 —

C7232 CO2 Wall Mount Outputs: one relay, one 0/2-10 Vdc analog or 4-20 mA

C7232A1016 C7232A1008Duct Mount C7232B1014 C7232B1006

C7632 CO2 Wall Mount Outputs: one fixed 0-10 Vdc analog(fixed 0-2000 ppm)

C7632A1004 —Duct Mount C7632B1002 —

Page 179: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

173 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Sensors

Sensor Comments Can be replaced with C7046A1004 Standard with 8 in probeC7046A1012 OEM Carrier C7046A1004C7046A1020 OEM York C7046A1004C7046A1038 C7046A1038 has 12 inch probe C7046A1004C7046A1046 OEM Rheem with 24 inch leads C7046A1004C7150B1004 Standard 3k ohm @ 70°FC7150B1012 C7150B1004C7150B1020 OEM Carrier 3750 @ 70°F C7150B1004C7150B1038 Standard 3750 @ 70°F C7150B1004C7150B1046 Standard 10k @ 70°FC7232A1008 Wall with display, 1 relay out with Honeywell logo C7232A1016C7232A1016 Wall no display, 1 relay out with Honeywell logo C7232A1008C7232A1024 Wall with display, 1 relay out, no Honeywell logo C7232A1008C7232A1032 Wall no display, 1 relay out, no Honeywell logo C7232A1016C7232A1057 Wall with display, 1 relay out, Honeywell logo,

220 Vac, on-off none

C7232B1006 Duct with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out with Honeywell logo

C7232B1014

C7232B1014 Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1008C7232B1022 Duct with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out, no Honeywell

logoC7232B1006

C7232B1030 Duct no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out, no Honeywell logo

C7232B1014

C7242A1006 Wall with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1016C7242A1014 Wall with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1016C7242A1022 Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1008C7242A1022 Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1008C7242A1030 Wall with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1016C7242A1048 Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1008C7242B1004 Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1008C7242B1012 Duct with display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232B1006C7242B1020 Wall no display, 1 relay and 1 analog out C7232A1008C7242C1002 Portable with display, 1 analog outC7242D1000 Wall with display, Echelon model noneC7242D1018 Duct with display, Echelon model C7242D1000C7242E1007 Outdoor no display, 1 analog out noneC7400A1004 StandardC7400A1012 OEM York C7400A1004C7400A1020 Use with H705 C7400A1004C7400A1038 OEM Lennox C7400A1004

Page 180: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 174

Economizer

C7400A1046 OEM Carrier C7400A1004C7400A1053 OEM Bard C7400A1004C7632A1004 Wall no display, with Honeywell logo, 1 analog outC7632B1002 Duct no display, with Honeywell logo, 1 analog outC7650A1001 StandardC7650A1027 OEM Carrier C7650A1001

Sensor Comments Can be replaced with

Economizer Comments Can be replaced withH205A1004 Standard H705A1003H205A1012 With mounting plate, adjustment knob, and

scaleH705A1003

H205A1053 OEM Climate Control H705A1003H205A1061 OEM Carrier #HH57AC076 H705A1003H205A1087 OEM Trane #13540687-01 H705A1003H205A1095 OEM Carrier #HH57AC075 H705A1003H205A1103 OEM Trol-A-Temp with mounting plate,

adjustment knob, and scaleH705A1003

H705A1003 StandardH705A1011 OEM York #025-27491 H705A1003H705A1029 OEM Carrier #HH57AC077 H705A1003W6210A1003 StandardW6210D1007 High enthalpy limit modelW6215A1008 StandardW7210A1001 Standard W7212A1009W7210D1005 High enthalpy limit model W7212A1009W7210D1013 OEM York #10165W7212A1009 StandardW7212A1017 OEM Carrier #HH63AW001 W7212A1009W7212A1025 OEM York #10208

Do not replace with W7212A1009W7212A1033 OEM Lennox #60M1001 W7212A1009W7215A1006 StandardW7215A1014 OEM Carrier W7215A1006W7215B1002 OEM Trane #X13610221-01 M7415B1020 + Q709A1005W7215B1004 With outdoor IAQW7299A1005 OEM York #65997 W7212A1025 +

M7215A1024 + 4074EGR Do not replace with standard model.

W7299A1013 Standard W7212A1009 + M7215A1008 +4074EGR + 32001401-017

Page 181: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

175 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W7340A1004 OEM Trane Standard W7340C1000W7340A1012 With wire harness W7340C1000W7340A1020 W7340C1000W7340B1002 OEM Trane #X1365108202 W7340C1000W7340C1000 OEM Trane Standard #X1365108203W7345A1009 OEM Trane W7345B1001W7345B1001 OEM Trane

Standard W7340A1004 + M7215A1016W7399A1004 W7399C1010W7399B1002 W7399C1010W7399C1010 OEM Standard

W7340C1000 + M7215A1016 W7415A1004 OEM Trane #X13610221-02 M7415A1063 + Q709A1013W7459A1001 StandardW7459A1019 OEM York #3597

Do not replace with W7459A1001W7459A1027 OEM Lennox #54G4301 W7459A1001W7459A1035 OEM limits minimum position to 50% open

and allows operation with temp activated switch

W7459A1050 OEM Bard #8602-053 W7459A1001W7459B1009 Use with M7405 and W7401W7459C1007 Use with M8405W7459D1005 High enthalpy limit model W7459A1001W7460A1008 Standard W7212A1009 + Q769C1000 W7460B1006 With outdoor IAQW7499A1003 Standard M7415A1006 + W7459A1001W7499A1011 OEM York M7415A1014 + W7459A1019 Do

not replace with standard models. W7499A1029 OEM Trane #1361023001

M7415A1006 + W7459A1035W7499A1037 OEM Trane #X12650879-01

M7415A1089 + W7459A1036W7499B1001 OEM Carrier #HF25CA003.

M7415B1004 + W7459A1001W859A1000 Check voltage, original economizer was 120

Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV Motor. 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1005 + 203977A

W859A1034 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1005 + 203977A

Economizer Comments Can be replaced with

Page 182: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 176

W859A1042 Check voltage, original economizer was 120/208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV Motor. 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1005 + 203977A

W859B1017 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1005 + 203977A

W859C1040 Check voltage, original economizer was 120/208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV Motor. 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1005 + 203977A

W859C1057 Check voltage, original economizer was 120/208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV Motor. 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1005 + 203977A

W859D1015 Check voltage, original economizer was 120/208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV Motor. 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1013 + 203977A

W859D1023 Check voltage, original economizer was 208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV Motor. 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1021 + 203977A

W859D1031 Original economizer had 76 inch averaging element Replacement has 144 inch averaging element. 203977A required for Mod IV applications only.

W859F1013 + 203977A

W859D1049 Check voltage, original economizer was 120/208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV Motor. 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1021 + 203977A

W859D1064 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1013 + 203977A

W864D1007 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1021 + 203977A

W864D1023 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1021 + 203977A

W864D1031 Check voltage, original economizer was 208/240 Vac. If required use 198162EA in Mod IV Motor. 203977A required for Mod IV application only.

W859F1021 + 203977A

W899A1006 M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) +198162EA may be substituted for M9164A1013.

W859F1005 + M9164A1013 + 203977A adaptor

W899A1030 M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9164A1013.

W859F1005 + M9164A1013 + 203977A adaptor

Economizer Comments Can be replaced with

Page 183: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

177 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

W899A1089 W859F1005 + M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 90) + 203977A adaptor

W899E1028 M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9164A1070.

W859F1013 + M9164A1070 + 203977A adaptor

W899E1036 OEM Singer M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) +198162EA may be substituted for M9164A1013.

W859F1021 + M9164A1013 + 203977A adaptor

W899E1051 M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9164A1070.

W859F1021 + M9164A1070 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor

W899E1085 M9164D1009 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9164A1070.

W859F1021 + M9164A1070 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor

W899G1034 M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9185A1018.

W859F1013 + M9185A1018 + 203977A adaptor

W899G1042 M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9185A1018.

W859F1021 + M9185A1018 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor

W899G1075 OEM Singer #050760 M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9185A1018.

W859F1021 + M9185A1018 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor

W957B1019 OEM Trane #13610206-01 M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9185A1018.

W859F1021 + M9185A1018 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor

W957C1018 M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9185A1018.

W859F1021 + M9185A1018 + 203977A adaptor

W957D1009 W859F1021 + M9185D1004 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor

W957E1016 W859F1021 + M9185D1004 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor

W957F1007 OEM Carrier #HF25CA002A W957G1006Y514A1090 W859F1021 + M9185A1018

+198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor + H205A1004 + 138823 Knob

Y514A1124 OEM Trane M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9185A1070

W859F1021 + M9164A1070 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor + H205A1004 + 7616BR Crank arm + 118349 Scale Plate +

Y514A1132 M9185D1004 (with stroke set to 160) may be substituted for M9185A1018.

W859F1021 + M9185A1018 + 203977A adaptor + H205A1012 + 138823 Knob

Y514A1173 OEM Trane W859F1021 + M9185D1004 +198162AA transformer + 203977A adaptor + H205A1004 + 7616BR Crank Arm + 118349 Scale Plate + 138823 Knob

Economizer Comments Can be replaced with

Page 184: Honeywell Economizers

Section 14 - Retrofit and Upgrades

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 178

Commercial Thermostats

Commercial Thermostats Comments Can be replaced withAll T7300's with Q7300H Communicating T7350H1009

Modulating T7350H1017T7350M1008

All T7300's with Q7300A2008 Conventional or Heat Pump T7350A1004All T7300's with Q7300A and Q3700C

Conventional or Heat Pump T7350B1002

All T7300's with non-Q7300H Conventional or Heat Pump T7350D1008T7300 with Q7300A2016, Q7300A2008, Q7300C2004 and Q7300C2012

Commercial VisionPRO 8000 TB8220U1003

Page 185: Honeywell Economizers

Appendix

179 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

AppendixGlossary

Air Content Sensor—A sensor used to measure certain components of the air in a room or other supply source. It is used as an input to adjust control sequences or parameters. Carbon Dioxide (CO2) is frequently measured as one component of overall air quality to make adjustments to ventilation controllers.

Air Quality Standard—A government mandated regulation which specifies the maximum contaminant concentration beyond which health risks are considered to be unacceptable.

Automatic Control Loop—A set of devices that react to a change or imbalance in the controlled variable by adjusting other variables to restore the desired balance.

Balance Point—The outside air temperature value at which the cooling equipment is turned on. It is used to calculate the savings from an economizer control application.

Building-Related Illness—A diagnosable illness with identifiable symptoms whose cause can be directly attributed to airborne pollutants within a building such as Legionnaires disease or hypersensitivity pneumonitis.

Changeover Control—The control device used to switch over from outside to return air or visa versa to make optimum use of outside air for free cooling.

Controlled Medium—The medium in which the controlled variable exists. In a room temperature control loop, the controlled variable is the space temperature and the controlled medium is the air within the room.

Controlled Variable—The quantity or condition that is measured and controlled.

Differential Enthalpy—The selection of a supply air source for the mixed air based on the lower enthalpy value derived from two enthalpy sensors located in the outside and return air sources.

Most Honeywell electronic enthalpy economizer modules are based on a similar setpoint configuration. The available settings A, B, C and D are for single sensor or high limit enthalpy control. For differential enthalpy the dial is turned to D.

Dilution—The reduction of airborne concentration of contaminants through an increase in outdoor air supplied to the area.

Discharge or Supply Air—Air which has been treated (heated or cooled) before being supplied to the conditioned area or room.

Page 186: Honeywell Economizers

Appendix

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 180

Economizer—Economizer controls provide “free cooling” during the cooling season by measuring the temperature or enthalpy of outside air. Outside air is used for cooling if it is sufficiently cool and dry. This reduces the usage of the mechanical cooling equipment and reduces cooling costs.

Electric Control—A control circuit that operates on line or low voltage and uses a mechanical device, such as a temperature-sensitive bellows, to perform control functions, such as actuating a switch or positioning a potentiometer. The controller signal typically operates or positions an electric actuator or may switch an electrical load directly or through a relay.

Electronic Control—A control circuit that operates on low voltage and uses solid-state components to amplify input signals and perform control functions, such as operating a relay or providing an output signal to position an actuator. The controller typically furnishes fixed control algorithms based on the circuitry inside the solid-state components.

Electromechanical Controller—A control device such as the H205 which is constructed of moving parts instead of solid state or electronic components. Typically more calibration and replacement is required of these devices than solid state controllers.

Enthalpy—A measure of the total energy content of air based upon both temperature and moisture content. When selecting air for cooling it is a better measurement than solely temperature.

Final Control Element—A device such as a valve or damper that is used to change the value of the manipulated variable. Positioned by an actuator.

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)—The characteristics of the indoor climate of a building, including the gaseous composition, temperature, relative humidity, and airborne contaminants.

Integrated Economizer—An economizer control circuit that replaces the inefficient “wild” economizer by only enabling outside air for cooling when there is a call for cooling from the commercial thermostat.

Manipulated Variable—The quantity or condition regulated by the automatic control equipment to cause the desired change in the controlled variable.

Mixed Air—The combination of outdoor and return air prior to mechanical cooling or heating.

Modulation—A control mode with minute increments and decrements.

Proportional Band—In a modulating controller, the control point range through which the controller output varies through a predefined range (3 to 15 PSI - 21 to 103 kPa, 2 to 10 volts, 1 to 100%). Sometimes expressed in percent of primary sensor span. Commonly used equivalents are “throttling range” and “modulating range”, usually expressed in degrees of temperature.

Sensing Element—A device or component that measures the value of a variable such as temperature or humidity.

Setpoint—The value at which the controller is set such as the desired room temperature on a commercial thermostat.

Page 187: Honeywell Economizers

Appendix

181 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Throttling Range—In a modulation controller, the control point range through which the controlled variable must pass to move the final control element through its full operating range. Expressed in values of the controlled variable such as degrees, percent relative humidity, or pressure in pounds per square inch or kPa. Also referred to as “proportional band”. For a modulating commercial thermostat, the temperature change required to drive the manipulated variable from full off to full on.

Total Heat—Same as enthalpy.

Two-Position—A basic on-off control circuit in which the device being controlled is either full on or full off with no intermediate operating positions available. Also referred to as “on-off” control.

Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)—One of a class of chemical components that contain one or more carbon atoms and are volatile at room temperature and normal atmospheric pressure. In indoor air, VOCs are generated by such sources as tobacco smoke, building products, furnishings, cleaning materials, solvents, polishes, cosmetics, deodorizers and office supplies.

'Wild Economizer'—A mixed air control circuit in which outside air is used virtually on a continuous basis whether or not there is a call for cooling from the controlled area. This can be very inefficient in some applications and raise heating costs.

Zoning—The practice of dividing a building into sections for heating and cooling control so that one controller is sufficient to control the heating and cooling requirements for the section.

Page 188: Honeywell Economizers

Appendix

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 182

Accessories for the M74XX Series Actuators

4074EHB Screw Terminal Adapter—converts quick-connect terminals to screw terminals. Adapter can be used with or without 7640QF

7640QF Terminal Enclosure—provides wiring enclosure for electrical terminal connections. Enclosure can be used with or without 4074EHB Screw Terminal Adapter. Bag assembly includes: terminal housing, cover plate

Q709A Actuator Mounted Minimum Position Potentiometer—permits adjustment of minimum damper position and provides quick-connect terminals for remote minimum position potentiometer

4074 EHBM11523

7640QFM11519A

MIN POSN

INCR

P

P1

M11535Q709

Page 189: Honeywell Economizers

Appendix

183 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

S963B1136 Minimum Position Potentiometer— permits remote adjustment of minimum damper position; can be used with or without Q709A Actuator Mounted Minimum Position

C7150B1004 Mixed or Discharge Air Thermistor Sensor—use with M7415A proportioning

C7046 Discharge Air Sensor—use in place of C7150B1004 if desired.

M11548A

S963

ECONOMIZER LOW LIMIT

HEAT/COOL

C7150BM11533

M11518

C7046C

Page 190: Honeywell Economizers

Appendix

63-8594 Honeywell Economizers 184

4074EGR Crank Arm Assembly

Q298B Linkage Hardware—enables linking the actuator to an additional damper. Consists of two crank arm assemblies, two ball joint assemblies, and variable length push rods (in 10, 16, or 24 inch lengths)

Q769A 6 to 9 volt Adapter for M7415A actuator—enables the actuator to be proportionately modulated with a 6 to 9 Vdc signal. The Q769A may also be used in lieu of a Q709A to control the minimum position of an M7415A with a 6 to 9 Vdc signal when a C7150B is used as a temperature sensor.Q769B 4 to 20 mA Adapter for M7415A actuator—enables the actuator to be proportionately modulated with a 4 to 20 mA signal. The Q769B may also be used in lieu of a Q709A to control the minimum position of an M7415A with a 4 to 20 mA signal when a C7150B is used as a temperature sensor

4074EKV Auxiliary Switch—provides switching capability for controlling auxiliary equipment. The switch acts as a function of the actuator shaft position

Adapters and potentiometers are available to be installed directly on actuator or on W7459 controller.

M3856A

Q298M11546

M3853A

6V to 9V

MINPOSN

P1P

PUSH Q769 ONTO M7415 ACTUATOR

M3852A

Page 191: Honeywell Economizers

Appendix

185 Honeywell Economizers 63-8594

Page 192: Honeywell Economizers

Design and Application Guide for Honeywell Economizer Controls

Technical Reference Manual

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc.

1985 Douglas Drive North

Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992

customer.honeywell.com

Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée.

35 Dynamic Drive

Toronto, Ontario M1V 4Z9

® U.S. Registered Trademark© 2007 Honeywell International Inc.63-8594 Rev. 08-07

Printed in U.S.A. on recycledpaper containing at least 10%post-consumer paper fibers.

BLD509-10 Econ Guide Cover.indd 1 7/16/07 3:47:13 PM